Part 61 - National emission standards for hazardous air pollutants

§61.01 Lists of pollutants and applicability of part 61.

(a) The following list presents the substances that, pursuant to section 112 of the Act, have been designated as hazardous air pollutants. The Federal Register citations and dates refer to the publication in which the listing decision was originally published.

§61.02 Definitions.

The terms used in this part are defined in the Act or in this section as follows:

Act means the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.).

Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency or his authorized representative.

Alternative method means any method of sampling and analyzing for an air pollutant which is not a reference method but which has been demonstrated to the Administrator's satisfaction to produce results adequate for the Administrator's determination of compliance.

Approved permit program means a State permit program approved by the Administrator as meeting the requirements of part 70 of this chapter or a Federal permit program established in this chapter pursuant to title V of the Act (42 U.S.C. 7661).

Capital expenditure means an expenditure for a physical or operational change to a stationary source which exceeds the product of the applicable “annual asset guideline repair allowance percentage” specified in the latest edition of Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Publication 534 and the stationary source's basis, as defined by section 1012 of the Internal Revenue Code. However, the total expenditure for a physical or operational change to a stationary source must not be reduced by any “excluded additions” as defined for stationary sources constructed after December 31, 1981, in IRS Publication 534, as would be done for tax purposes. In addition, “annual asset guideline repair allowance” may be used even though it is excluded for tax purposes in IRS Publication 534.

Commenced means, with respect to the definition of “new source” in section 111(a)(2) of the Act, that an owner or operator has undertaken a continuous program of construction or modification or that an owner or operator has entered into a contractual obligation to undertake and complete, within a reasonable time, a continuous program of construction or modification.

Compliance schedule means the date or dates by which a source or category of sources is required to comply with the standards of this part and with any steps toward such compliance which are set forth in a waiver of compliance under §61.11.

Construction means fabrication, erection, or installation of an affected facility.

Effective date is the date of promulgation in the Federal Register of an applicable standard or other regulation under this part.

Existing source means any stationary source which is not a new source.

Force majeure means, for purposes of §61.13, an event that will be or has been caused by circumstances beyond the control of the affected facility, its contractors, or any entity controlled by the affected facility that prevents the owner or operator from complying with the regulatory requirement to conduct performance tests within the specified timeframe despite the affected facility's best efforts to fulfill the obligation. Examples of such events are acts of nature, acts of war or terrorism, or equipment failure or safety hazard beyond the control of the affected facility.

Issuance of a part 70 permit will occur, if the State is the permitting authority, in accordance with the requirements of part 70 of this chapter and the applicable, approved State permit program. When the EPA is the permitting authority, issuance of a title V permit occurs immediately after the EPA takes final action on the final permit.

Monitoring system means any system, required under the monitoring sections in applicable subparts, used to sample and condition (if applicable), to analyze, and to provide a record of emissions or process parameters.

New source means any stationary source, the construction or modification of which is commenced after the publication in the Federal Register of proposed national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants which will be applicable to such source.

Owner or operator means any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, or supervises a stationary source.

Part 70 permit means any permit issued, renewed, or revised pursuant to part 70 of this chapter.

Permit program means a comprehensive State operating permit system established pursuant to title V of the Act (42 U.S.C. 7661) and regulations codified in part 70 of this chapter and applicable State regulations, or a comprehensive Federal operating permit system established pursuant to title V of the Act and regulations codified in this chapter.

Permitting authority means:

(1) The State air pollution control agency, local agency, other State agency, or other agency authorized by the Administrator to carry out a permit program under part 70 of this chapter; or

(2) The Administrator, in the case of EPA-implemented permit programs under title V of the Act (42 U.S.C. 7661).

Reference method means any method of sampling and analyzing for an air pollutant, as described in appendix B to this part.

Run means the net period of time during which an emission sample is collected. Unless otherwise specified, a run may be either intermittent or continuous within the limits of good engineering practice.

Standard means a national emission standard including a design, equipment, work practice or operational standard for a hazardous air pollutant proposed or promulgated under this part.

Startup means the setting in operation of a stationary source for any purpose.

State means all non-Federal authorities, including local agencies, interstate associations, and State-wide programs, that have delegated authority to implement:

(1) The provisions of this part; and/or

(2) The permit program established under part 70 of this chapter. The term State shall have its conventional meaning where clear from the context.

Stationary source means any building, structure, facility, or installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant which has been designated as hazardous by the Administrator.

Title V permit means any permit issued, renewed, or revised pursuant to Federal or State regulations established to implement title V of the Act (42 U.S.C. 7661). A title V permit issued by a State permitting authority is called a part 70 permit in this part.

[44 FR 55174, Sept. 25, 1979, as amended at 50 FR 46290, Nov. 7, 1985; 59 FR 12429, Mar. 16, 1994; 72 FR 27442, May 16, 2007]

§61.03 Units and abbreviations.

Used in this part are abbreviations and symbols of units of measure. These are defined as follows:

(a) System International (SI) units of measure:

A = ampere

g = gram

Hz = hertz

J = joule

K = degree Kelvin

kg = kilogram

m = meter

m ² = square meter

m ³ = cubic meter

mg = milligram = 10⁻³gram

mm = millimeter = 10⁻³meter

Mg = megagram = 10 ⁶gram

mol = mole

N = newton

ng = nanogram = 10⁻⁹gram

nm = nanometer = 10⁻⁹meter

Pa = pascal

s = second

V = volt

W = watt

Ω = ohm

µg = microgram = 10⁻⁶gram

(b) Other units of measure:

°C = degree Celsius (centigrade)

cfm = cubic feet per minute

cc = cubic centimeter

Ci = curie

d = day

°F = degree Fahrenheit

ft ² = square feet

ft ³ = cubic feet

gal = gallon

in = inch

in Hg = inches of mercury

in H₂O = inches of water

l = liter

lb = pound

lpm = liter per minute

min = minute

ml = milliliter = 10⁻³liter

mrem = millirem = 10⁻³ rem

oz = ounces

pCi = picocurie = 10⁻¹² curie

psig = pounds per square inch gage

°R = degree Rankine

µl = microliter = 10⁻⁶liter

v/v = volume per volume

yd ² = square yards

yr = year

(c) Chemical nomenclature:

Be = beryllium

Hg = mercury

H₂O = water

(d) Miscellaneous:

act = actual

avg = average

I.D. = inside diameter

M = molar

N = normal

O.D. = outside diameter

% = percent

std = standard

[42 FR 51574, Sept. 29, 1977, as amended at 54 FR 51704, Dec. 15, 1989]

§61.04 Address.

(a) All requests, reports, applications, submittals, and other communications to the Administrator pursuant to this part shall be submitted in duplicate to the appropriate Regional Office of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to the attention of the Director of the Division indicated in the following list of EPA Regional Offices.

Region I (Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont), Director, Office of Ecosystem Protection, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 5 Post Office Square - Suite 100, Boston, MA 02109-3912.

Region II (New Jersey, New York, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands), Director, Air and Waste Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Federal Office Building, 26 Federal Plaza (Foley Square), New York, NY 10278.

Region III (Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia), Director, Air Protection Division, Mail Code 3AP00, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029.

Region 4 (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee), Director, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 61 Forsyth St. SW., Suite 9T43, Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960.

Region V (Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, Wisconsin), Director, Air and Radiation Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, IL 60604-3590.

Region VI (Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas); Director; Air, Pesticides, and Toxics Division; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202.

Region VII (Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska), Director, Air and Waste Management Division, 11201 Renner Boulevard, Lenexa, Kansas 66219.

Region VIII (Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming) Director, Air and Toxics Technical Enforcement Program, Office of Enforcement, Compliance and Environmental Justice, Mail Code 8ENF-AT, 1595 Wynkoop Street, Denver, CO 80202-1129.

Region IX (Arizona, California, Hawaii and Nevada; the territories of American Samoa and Guam; the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands; the territories of Baker Island, Howland Island, Jarvis Island, Johnston Atoll, Kingman Reef, Midway Atoll, Palmyra Atoll, and Wake Islands; and certain U.S. Government activities in the freely associated states of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and the Republic of Palau), Director, Air Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 75 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.

Region X (Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, Washington), Director, Office of Air Quality, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Sixth Avenue (OAQ-107), Seattle, WA 98101.

(b) Section 112(d) of the Act directs the Administrator to delegate to each State, when appropriate, the authority to implement and enforce national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants for stationary sources located in such State. If the authority to implement and enforce a standard under this part has been delegated to a State, all information required to be submitted to EPA under paragraph (a) of this section shall also be submitted to the appropriate State agency (provided, that each specific delegation may exempt sources from a certain Federal or State reporting requirement). The Administrator may permit all or some of the information to be submitted to the appropriate State agency only, instead of to EPA and the State agency. If acceptable to both the Administrator and the owner or operator of a source, notifications and reports may be submitted on electronic media. The appropriate mailing address for those States whose delegation request has been approved is as follows:

(1) [Reserved]

(2) State of Alabama: Alabama Department of Environmental Management, P.O. Box 301463, Montgomery, Alabama 36130-1463.

(3) State of Alaska. (i) Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC), 410 Willoughby Avenue, Suite 303, Juneau, AK 99801-1795, http://www.state.ak.us/local/akpages/ENV.CONSERV/home.htm.

(ii) See paragraph (c)(10) of this section for a table indicating the delegation status of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Region 10 - Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington.

(4) Arizona:

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality, 1110 West Washington Street, Phoenix, AZ 85007.

Maricopa County Air Quality Department, 1001 North Central Avenue, Suite 900, Phoenix, AZ 85004.

Pima County Department of Environmental Quality, 33 North Stone Avenue, Suite 700, Tucson, AZ 85701.

Pinal County Air Quality Control District, 31 North Pinal Street, Building F, Florence, AZ 85132.

Note:

For tables listing the delegation status of agencies in Region IX, see paragraph (c)(9) of this section.

(5) State of Arkansas: Chief, Division of Air Pollution Control, Arkansas Department of Pollution Control and Ecology, 8001 National Drive, P.O. Box 9583, Little Rock, AR 72209.

(6) California:

Amador County Air Pollution Control District, 12200-B Airport Road, Jackson, CA 95642.

Antelope Valley Air Quality Management District, 43301 Division Street, Suite 206, Lancaster, CA 93535.

Bay Area Air Quality Management District, 939 Ellis Street, San Francisco, CA 94109.

Butte County Air Quality Management District, 2525 Dominic Drive, Suite J, Chico, CA 95928.

Calaveras County Air Pollution Control District, 891 Mountain Ranch Road, San Andreas, CA 95249.

Colusa County Air Pollution Control District, 100 Sunrise Blvd., Suite A-3, Colusa, CA 95932-3246.

El Dorado County Air Quality Management District, 2850 Fairlane Court, Bldg. C, Placerville, CA 95667-4100.

Eastern Kern Air Pollution Control District, 2700 “M” Street, Suite 302, Bakersfield, CA 93301-2370.

Feather River Air Quality Management District, 1007 Live Oak Blvd., Suite B-3, Yuba City, CA 95991.

Glenn County Air Pollution Control District, 720 N. Colusa Street, P.O. Box 351, Willows, CA 95988-0351.

Great Basin Unified Air Pollution Control District, 157 Short Street, Suite 6, Bishop, CA 93514-3537.

Imperial County Air Pollution Control District, 150 South Ninth Street, El Centro, CA 92243-2801.

Lake County Air Quality Management District, 885 Lakeport Blvd., Lakeport, CA 95453-5405.

Lassen County Air Pollution Control District, 707 Nevada Street, Suite 1, Susanville, CA 96130.

Mariposa County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 5, Mariposa, CA 95338.

Mendocino County Air Quality Management District, 306 E. Gobbi Street, Ukiah, CA 95482-5511.

Modoc County Air Pollution Control District, 619 North Main Street, Alturas, CA 96101.

Mojave Desert Air Quality Management District, 14306 Park Avenue, Victorville, CA 92392-2310.

Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Control District, 24580 Silver Cloud Court, Monterey, CA 93940.

North Coast Unified Air Quality Management District, 2300 Myrtle Avenue, Eureka, CA 95501-3327.

Northern Sierra Air Quality Management District, 200 Litton Drive, Suite 320, P.O. Box 2509, Grass Valley, CA 95945-2509.

Northern Sonoma County Air Pollution Control District, 150 Matheson Street, Healdsburg, CA 95448-4908.

Placer County Air Pollution Control District, 3091 County Center Drive, Suite 240, Auburn, CA 95603.

Sacramento Metropolitan Air Quality Management District, 777 12th Street, Third Floor, Sacramento, CA 95814-1908.

San Diego County Air Pollution Control District, 10124 Old Grove Road, San Diego, CA 92131-1649.

San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District, 1990 E. Gettysburg, Fresno, CA 93726.

San Luis Obispo County Air Pollution Control District, 3433 Roberto Court, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401-7126.

Santa Barbara County Air Pollution Control District, 260 North San Antonio Road, Suite A, Santa Barbara, CA 93110-1315.

Shasta County Air Quality Management District, 1855 Placer Street, Suite 101, Redding, CA 96001-1759.

Siskiyou County Air Pollution Control District, 525 So. Foothill Drive, Yreka, CA 96097-3036.

South Coast Air Quality Management District, 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765-4182.

Tehama County Air Pollution Control District, P.O. Box 8069 (1750 Walnut Street), Red Bluff, CA 96080-0038.

Tuolumne County Air Pollution Control District, 22365 Airport, Columbia, CA 95310.

Ventura County Air Pollution Control District, 669 County Square Drive, 2nd Floor, Ventura, CA 93003-5417.

Yolo-Solano Air Quality Management District, 1947 Galileo Court, Suite 103, Davis, CA 95616-4882.

Note:

For tables listing the delegation status of agencies in Region IX, see paragraph (c)(9) of this section.

(7) State of Colorado, Air Pollution Control Division, Department of Public Health and Environment, 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South, Denver, CO 80246-1530.

Note:

For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, see paragraph (c) of this section.

(8) State of Connecticut, Bureau of Air Management, Department of Environmental Protection, State Office Building, 165 Capitol Avenue, Hartford, CT 06106.

(9) State of Delaware, Department of Natural Resources & Environmental Control, 89 Kings Highway, P.O. Box 1401, Dover, Delaware 19903.

(10) District of Columbia, Department of Public Health, Air Quality Division, 51 N Street, NE., Washington, DC 20002.

(11) State of Florida: Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Division of Air Resources Management, 2600 Blair Stone Road, MS 5500, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400.

(12) State of Georgia: Georgia Department of Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Division, Air Protection Branch, 4244 International Parkway, Suite 120, Atlanta, Georgia 30354.

(13) Hawaii:

Clean Air Branch, Hawaii Department of Health, 919 Ala Moana Blvd., Suite 203, Honolulu, HI 96814.

Note:

For tables listing the delegation status of agencies in Region IX, see paragraph (c)(9) of this section.

(14) State of Idaho. (i) Idaho Department of Environmental Conservation (IDEQ), 1410 N. Hilton, Boise, ID 83706, http://www2.state.id.us/deq/.

(ii) See paragraph (c)(10) of this section for a table indicating the delegation status of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Region 10 - Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington.

(15) State of Illinois: Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, 1021 North Grand Avenue East, Springfield, Illinois 62794.

(16) State of Indiana: Indiana Department of Environmental Management, Office of Air Quality, 100 North Senate Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204.

(17) State of Iowa: Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Division, Air Quality Bureau, 7900 Hickman Road, Suite 1, Urbandale, IA 50322.

(18) State of Kansas: Kansas Department of Health and Environment, Bureau of Air and Radiation, 1000 S.W. Jackson, Suite 310, Topeka, KS 66612-1366.

(19) Commonwealth of Kentucky: Kentucky Department for Environmental Protection, Division of Air Quality, 300 Sower Boulevard, 2nd Floor, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601 or local agency, Louisville Metro Air Pollution Control District, 701 W. Ormsby Ave. Suite 303, Louisville, Kentucky 40203.

(20) State of Louisiana: Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 4301, Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70821-4301.

(21) State of Maine, Bureau of Air Quality Control, Department of Environmental Protection, State House, Station No. 17, Augusta, ME 04333.

(22) State of Maryland, Department of the Environment, 1800 Washington Boulevard, Suite 705, Baltimore, Maryland 21230.

(23) Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Division of Air Quality Control, Department of Environmental Protection, One Winter Street, 7th floor, Boston, MA 02108.

(24) State of Michigan: Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment Quality, Air Quality Division, P.O. 30028, Lansing, Michigan 48909.

(25) State of Minnesota: Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Division of Air Quality, 520 Lafayette Road North, St. Paul, Minnesota 55155.

(26) State of Mississippi: Hand Deliver or Courier: Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality, Office of Pollution Control, Air Division, 515 East Amite Street, Jackson, Mississippi 39201, Mailing Address: Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality, Office of Pollution Control, Air Division, P.O. Box 2261, Jackson, Mississippi 39225.

(27) State of Missouri: Missouri Department of Natural Resources, Division of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 176, Jefferson City, MO 65102.

(28) State of Montana, Department of Environmental Quality, 1520 E. 6th Ave., PO Box 200901, Helena, MT 59620-0901.

Note:

For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, see paragraph (c) of this section.

(29) State of Nebraska, Nebraska Department of Environmental Control, P.O. Box 94877, State House Station, Lincoln, NE 68509.

Lincoln-Lancaster County Health Department, Division of Environmental Health, 2200 St. Marys Avenue, Lincoln, NE 68502.

(30) Nevada:

Nevada Division of Environmental Protection, 901 South Stewart Street, Suite 4001, Carson City, NV 89701-5249.

Clark County Department of Air Quality and Environmental Management, 500 S. Grand Central Parkway, 1st Floor, P.O. Box 555210, Las Vegas, NV 89155-5210.

Washoe County Health District, Air Quality Management Division, 1001 E. 9th Street, Building A, Suite 115A, Reno, NV 89520.

Note:

For tables listing the delegation status of agencies in Region IX, see paragraph (c)(9) of this section.

(31) State of New Hampshire, Air Resources Division, Department of Environmental Services, 64 North Main Street, Caller Box 2033, Concord, NH 03302-2033.

(32) State of New Jersey: New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection, John Fitch Plaza, P.O. Box 2807, Trenton, NJ 08625.

(33) State of New Mexico: New Mexico Environment Department, P.O. Box 5469, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87502-5469. For a list of delegated standards for New Mexico (excluding Bernalillo County and Indian country), see paragraph (c)(6) of this section.

(34) New York: New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, 50 Wolf Road, Albany, NY 12233, attention: Division of Air Resources.

(35) State of North Carolina: North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality, Division of Air Quality, 1641 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1641 or local agencies, Forsyth County Office of Environmental Assistance and Protection, 201 North Chestnut Street, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101-4120; Mecklenburg County Land Use and Environmental Services Agency, Air Quality, 2145 Suttle Avenue, Charlotte, North Carolina 28208; Western North Carolina Regional Air Quality Agency, 125 S. Lexington Ave., Suite 101, Asheville, North Carolina 28801-3661.

(36) State of North Dakota, North Dakota Department of Environmental Quality, 918 East Divide Avenue, Bismarck, ND 58501-1947.

Note:

For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, see paragraph (c) of this section.

(37) State of Ohio:

(i) Medina, Summit and Portage Counties; Director, Akron Regional Air Quality Management District, 146 South High Street, Room 904, Akron, OH 44308.

(ii) Stark County; Director, Canton City Health Department, Air Pollution Control Division, 420 Market Avenue North, Canton, Ohio 44702-1544.

(iii) Butler, Clermont, Hamilton, and Warren Counties; Director, Hamilton County Department of Environmental Services, 250 William Howard Taft Road, Cincinnati, Ohio 45219-2660.

(iv) Cuyahoga County; Commissioner, Cleveland Department of Public Health, Division of Air Quality, 75 Erieview Plaza 2nd Floor, Cleveland, Ohio 44114.

(v) Clark, Darke, Greene, Miami, Montgomery, and Preble Counties; Director, Regional Air Pollution Control Agency, 117 South Main Street, Dayton, Ohio 45422-1280.

(vi) Lucas County and the City of Rossford (in Wood County); Director, City of Toledo, Division of Environmental Services, 348 South Erie Street, Toledo, OH 43604.

(vii) Adams, Brown, Lawrence, and Scioto Counties; Portsmouth Local Air Agency, 605 Washington Street, Third Floor, Portsmouth, OH 45662.

(viii) Allen, Ashland, Auglaize, Crawford, Defiance, Erie, Fulton, Hancock, Hardin, Henry, Huron, Marion, Mercer, Ottawa, Paulding, Putnam, Richland, Sandusky, Seneca, Van Wert Williams, Wood (Except City of Rossford), and Wyandot Counties; Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Northwest District Office, Air Pollution Control, 347 North Dunbridge Road, Bowling Green, Ohio 43402.

(ix) Ashtabula, Caroll, Colombiana, Holmes, Lorain, and Wayne Counties; Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Northeast District Office, Air Pollution Unit, 2110 East Aurora Road, Twinsburg, OH 44087.

(x) Athens, Belmont, Coshocton, Gallia, Guemsey, Harrison, Hocking, Jackson, Jefferson, Meigs, Monroe, Morgan, Muskingum, Noble, Perry, Pike, Ross, Tuscarawas, Vinton, and Washington Counties; Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Southeast District Office, Air Pollution Unit, 2195 Front Street, Logan, OH 43138.

(xi) Champaign, Clinton, Highland, Logan, and Shelby Counties; Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Southwest District Office, Air Pollution Unit, 401 East Fifth Street, Dayton, Ohio 45402-2911.

(xii) Delaware, Fairfield, Fayette, Franklin, Knox, Licking, Madison, Morrow, Pickaway, and Union Counties; Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Central District Office, Air Pollution control, 50 West Town Street, Suite 700, Columbus, Ohio 43215.

(xiii) Geauga and Lake Counties; Lake County General Health District, Air Pollution Control, 33 Mill Street, Painesville, OH 44077.

(xiv) Mahoning and Trumbull Counties; Mahoning-Trumbull Air Pollution Control Agency, 345 Oak Hill Avenue, Suite 200, Youngstown, OH 44502.

(38) State of Oklahoma, Oklahoma Department of Environmental Quality, Air Quality Division, P.O. Box 1677, Oklahoma City, OK 73101-1677. For a list of delegated standards for Oklahoma see paragraph (c)(6) of this section.

(39) State of Oregon. (i) Oregon Department of Environmental Quality (ODEQ), 811 SW Sixth Ave, Portland, OR 97204-1390, http://www.deq.state.or.us/.

(ii) Lane Regional Air Pollution Authority (LRAPA), 1010 Main Street, Springfield, Oregon 97477, http://www.lrapa.org.

(iii) See paragraph (c)(10) of this section for a table indicating the delegation status of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Region 10 - Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington.

(iv)-(vii) [Reserved]

(viii) Lane Regional Air Pollution Authority, 225 North Fifth, suite 501, Springfield, OR 97477.

(40)(i) City of Philadelphia, Department of Public Health, Air Management Services, 321 University Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.

(ii) Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Environmental Protection, Bureau of Air Quality Control, P.O. Box 8468, 400 Market Street, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17105.

(iii) Allegheny County Health Department, Bureau of Environmental Quality, Division of Air Quality, 301 39th Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15201.

(41) State of Rhode Island, Division of Air and Hazardous Materials, Department of Environmental Management, 291 Promenade Street, Providence, RI 02908.

(42) State of South Carolina: South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control, 2600 Bull St., Columbia, South Carolina 29201.

(b)(43) State of South Dakota, Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources, Air Quality Program, Joe Foss Building, 523 East Capitol, Pierre, SD 57501-3181.

Note:

For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAPs delegation status, see paragraph (c) of this section.

(44) State of Tennessee: Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation, Division of Air Pollution Control, William R. Snodgrass Tennessee Tower, 312 Rosa L. Parks Avenue, 15th Floor, Nashville, Tennessee 37243, or local agencies, Knox County Air Quality Management - Department of Public Health, 140 Dameron Avenue, Knoxville, Tennessee 37917; Metro Public Health Department, Pollution Control Division, 2500 Charlotte Ave., Nashville, Tennessee 37209; Chattanooga-Hamilton County Air Pollution Control Bureau, 6125 Preservation Drive, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37416; Shelby County Health Department, Pollution Control Section, 814 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee 38105.

(45) State of Texas, Texas Air Control Board, 6330 Highway 290 East, Austin, TX 78723.

(46) State of Utah, Division of Air Quality, Department of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 144820, Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4820.

Note:

For a table listing Region VIII's NESHAP delegation status, see paragraph (c) of this section.

(47) State of Vermont, Air Pollution Control Division, Agency of Natural Resources, Building 3 South, 103 South Main Street, Waterbury, VT 05676.

(48) Commonwealth of Virginia, Department of Environmental Quality, 629 East Main Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219.

(49) State of Washington. (i) Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology), P.O. Box 47600, Olympia, WA 98504-7600, http://www.ecy.wa.gov/.

(ii) Benton Clean Air Authority (BCAA), 650 George Washington Way, Richland, WA 99352-4289, http://www.bcaa.net/.

(iii) Northwest Air Pollution Control Authority (NWAPA), 1600 South Second St., Mount Vernon, WA 98273-5202, http://www.nwair.org/.

(iv) Olympic Air Pollution Control Authority (OAPCA), 909 Sleater-Kinney Road S.E., Suite 1, Lacey, WA 98503-1128, http://www.oapca.org/.

(v) Puget Sound Clean Air Agency (PSCAA), 110 Union Street, Suite 500, Seattle, WA 98101-2038, http://www.pscleanair.org/.

(vi) Spokane County Air Pollution Control Authority (SCAPCA), West 1101 College, Suite 403, Spokane, WA 9920, http://www.scapca.org/.

(vii) Southwest Clean Air Agency (SWCAA), 1308 NE 134th St., Vancouver, WA 98685-2747, http://www.swcleanair.org/.

(viii) Yakima Regional Clean Air Agency (YRCAA), Larson Building, Suite 1016, 6 South 2nd St., Yakima WA 98901, http://co.yakima.wa.us/cleanair/default.htm.

(ix) See paragraph (c)(10) of this section for a table indicating the delegation status of National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Region 10 - Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington.

(50) State of West Virginia, Department of Environmental Protection, Division of Air Quality, 601 57th Street, SE., Charleston, West Virginia 25304.

(51) State of Wisconsin: Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, 101 South Webster St., P.O. Box 7921, Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7921. 101 South Webster St., P.O. Box 7921, Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7921.

(52) State of Wyoming, Air Quality Division, Department of Environmental Quality, 122 W. 25th St., Cheyenne, WY 82002.

(53) Territory of Guam: Guam Environmental Protection Agency, P.O. Box 22439 GMF, Barrigada, Guam 96921.

Note:

For tables listing the delegation status of agencies in Region IX, see paragraph (c)(9) of this section.

(54) Commonwealth of Puerto Rico: Commonwealth of Puerto Rico Environmental Quality Board, P.O. Box 11785, Santurce, PR 00910.

(55) U.S. Virgin Islands: U.S. Virgin Islands Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs, P.O. Box 578, Charlotte Amalie, St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands 00801.

(56) American Samoa: American Samoa Environmental Protection Agency, P.O. Box PPA, Pago Pago, American Samoa 96799.

Note:

For tables listing the delegation status of agencies in Region IX, see paragraph (d) of this section.

(57) Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands: CNMI Division of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 501304, Saipan, MP 96950.

Note:

For tables listing the delegation status of agencies in Region IX, see paragraph (d) of this section.

(c) The following tables list, by Region, the specific Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants that have been delegated to state and local agencies.

(1)(i) Inactive waste disposal sites not operated after July 9, 1981 within the state of New Hampshire must comply with the New Hampshire Regulations at Env-Sw 2100: Management and Control of Asbestos Disposal Sites Not Operated after July 9, 1981, effective February 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference, see §61.18).

(ii) The remainder of the sources subject to the asbestos provisions in subpart M of this part, except for those listed under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, must comply with the New Hampshire Code of Administrative Rules: Chapter Env-A 1800, Asbestos Management and Control, effective as of May 5, 2017 as incorporated by reference, see §61.18.

(2)-(5) [Reserved]

(6) The following lists the specific Part 61 standards that have been delegated unchanged to the air pollution control agencies in Region 6.

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) Louisiana. The Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) has been delegated the following part 61 standards promulgated by EPA, as amended in the Federal Register through July 1, 2013. The (X) symbol is used to indicate each subpart that has been delegated.

(iii) New Mexico. The New Mexico Environment Department (NMED) has been delegated the following part 61 standards promulgated by the EPA, as amended in the Federal Register through January 15, 2017. The (X) symbol is used to indicate each subpart that has been delegated. The delegations are subject to all of the conditions and limitations set forth in Federal law and regulations.

(iv) Oklahoma. The Oklahoma Department of Environmental Quality (ODED) has been delegated the following part 61 standards promulgated by EPA, as amended in the Federal Register through June 30, 2019. The (X) symbol is used to indicate each subpart that has been delegated.

(v) [Reserved]

(vi) Albuquerque-Bernalillo County, New Mexico. The Albuquerque-Bernalillo County Air Quality Control Board (ABCAQCB) has been delegated the following part 61 standards promulgated by EPA, as amended through January 23, 2017. The (X) symbol is used to indicate each subpart that has been delegated.

(7) [Reserved]

(8) The most current delegation status table for National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Region VIII can be found online at http://www.epa.gov/region8/air-program. The following is a table indicating the delegation status of National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants in Region VIII. The recodification and delegation for North Dakota's August 6, 2018 submittal is effective as of April 30, 2019, as detailed in EPA's delegation letter of February 26, 2019.

(9) The following tables list the specific Part 61 standards that have been delegated unchanged to the air pollution control agencies in Region IX. The (X) symbol is used to indicate each standard that has been delegated. The following provisions of this subpart are not delegated: §§61.04(b), 61.04(c), 61.05(c), 61.11, 61.12(d), 61.13(h)(1)(ii), 61.14(d), 61.14(g)(1)(ii), and 61.16.

(i) Arizona. The following table identifies delegations for Arizona:

(ii) California. The following tables identify delegations for California:

(A) Delegations for Amador County Air Pollution Control District, Antelope Valley Air Quality Management District, Bay Area Air Quality Management District, and Butte County Air Quality Management District are shown in the following table:

(B) [Reserved]

(C) Delegations for Glenn County Air Pollution Control District, Great Basin Unified Air Pollution Control District, Imperial County Air Pollution Control District, and Kern County Air Pollution Control District are shown in the following table:

(D) Delegations for Lake County Air Quality Management District, Lassen County Air Pollution Control District, Mariposa County Air Pollution Control District, and Mendocino County Air Pollution Control District are shown in the following table:

(E) Delegations for Modoc Air Pollution Control District, Mojave Desert Air Quality Management District, Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Control District, and North Coast Unified Air Quality Management District are shown in the following table:

(F) Delegations for Northern Sierra Air Quality Management District, Northern Sonoma County Air Pollution Control District, Placer County Air Pollution Control District, and Sacramento Metropolitan Air Quality Management District are shown in the following table:

(G) Delegations for San Diego County Air Pollution Control District, San Joaquin Valley Unified Air Pollution Control District, San Luis Obispo County Air Pollution Control District, and Santa Barbara County Air Pollution Control District are shown in the following table:

(H) Delegations for Shasta County Air Quality Management District, Siskiyou County Air Pollution Control District, South Coast Air Quality Management District, and Tehama County Air Pollution Control District are shown in the following table:

(I) Delegations for Tuolumne County Air Pollution Control District, Ventura County Air Pollution Control District, and Yolo-Solano Air Quality Management District are shown in the following table:

(iii) Hawaii. The following table identifies delegations as of October 21, 2004:

(iv) Nevada. The following table identifies delegations for Nevada:

(10) The following table lists the delegation status of specific Part 61 Subparts that have been delegated unchanged to state and local air pollution control agencies in Region 10. An “X” indicates the subpart has been delegated, subject to all the conditions and limitations set forth in federal law, regulations, policy, guidance, and determinations. Some authorities cannot be delegated and are retained by EPA. These include certain General Provisions authorities and specific parts of some standards. The dates noted at the end of this table indicate the effective dates of federal rules that have been delegated. Any amendments made to these rules after this effective date are not delegated.

Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting § 61.04, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

[40 FR 18170, Apr. 25, 1975; 85 FR 8758, Feb. 18, 2020; 85 FR 57743, Sep. 16, 2020; 87 FR 30108, May 18, 2022; 87 FR 43412, July 21, 2022]

§61.05 Prohibited activities.

(a) After the effective date of any standard, no owner or operator shall construct or modify any stationary source subject to that standard without first obtaining written approval from the Administrator in accordance with this subpart, except under an exemption granted by the President under section 112(c)(2) of the Act. Sources, the construction or modification of which commenced after the publication date of the standards proposed to be applicable to the sources, are subject to this prohibition.

(b) After the effective date of any standard, no owner or operator shall operate a new stationary source subject to that standard in violation of the standard, except under an exemption granted by the President under section 112(c)(2) of the Act.

(c) Ninety days after the effective date of any standard, no owner or operator shall operate any existing source subject to that standard in violation of the standard, except under a waiver granted by the Administrator under this part or under an exemption granted by the President under section 112(c)(2) of the Act.

(d) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this part shall fail to report, revise reports, or report source test results as required under this part.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.06 Determination of construction or modification.

An owner or operator may submit to the Administrator a written application for a determination of whether actions intended to be taken by the owner or operator constitute construction or modification, or commencement thereof, of a source subject to a standard. The Administrator will notify the owner or operator of his determination within 30 days after receiving sufficient information to evaluate the application.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.07 Application for approval of construction or modification.

(a) The owner or operator shall submit to the Administrator an application for approval of the construction of any new source or modification of any existing source. The application shall be submitted before the construction or modification is planned to commence, or within 30 days after the effective date if the construction or modification had commenced before the effective date and initial startup has not occurred. A separate application shall be submitted for each stationary source.

(b) Each application for approval of construction shall include -

(1) The name and address of the applicant;

(2) The location or proposed location of the source; and

(3) Technical information describing the proposed nature, size, design, operating design capacity, and method of operation of the source, including a description of any equipment to be used for control of emissions. Such technical information shall include calculations of emission estimates in sufficient detail to permit assessment of the validity of the calculations.

(c) Each application for approval of modification shall include, in addition to the information required in paragraph (b) of this section -

(1) The precise nature of the proposed changes;

(2) The productive capacity of the source before and after the changes are completed; and

(3) Calculations of estimates of emissions before and after the changes are completed, in sufficient detail to permit assessment of the validity of the calculations.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.08 Approval of construction or modification.

(a) The Administrator will notify the owner or operator of approval or intention to deny approval of construction or modification within 60 days after receipt of sufficient information to evaluate an application under §61.07.

(b) If the Administrator determines that a stationary source for which an application under §61.07 was submitted will not cause emissions in violation of a standard if properly operated, the Administrator will approve the construction or modification.

(c) Before denying any application for approval of construction or modification, the Administrator will notify the applicant of the Administrator's intention to issue the denial together with -

(1) Notice of the information and findings on which the intended denial is based; and

(2) Notice of opportunity for the applicant to present, within such time limit as the Administrator shall specify, additional information or arguments to the Administrator before final action on the application.

(d) A final determination to deny any application for approval will be in writing and will specify the grounds on which the denial is based. The final determination will be made within 60 days of presentation of additional information or arguments, or 60 days after the final date specified for presentation if no presentation is made.

(e) Neither the submission of an application for approval nor the Administrator's approval of construction or modification shall -

(1) Relieve an owner or operator of legal responsibility for compliance with any applicable provisions of this part or of any other applicable Federal, State, or local requirement; or

(2) Prevent the Administrator from implementing or enforcing this part or taking any other action under the Act.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.09 Notification of startup.

(a) The owner or operator of each stationary source which has an initial startup after the effective date of a standard shall furnish the Administrator with written notification as follows:

(1) A notification of the anticipated date of initial startup of the source not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days before that date.

(2) A notification of the actual date of initial startup of the source within 15 days after that date.

(b) If any State or local agency requires a notice which contains all the information required in the notification in paragraph (a) of this section, sending the Administrator a copy of that notification will satisfy paragraph (a) of this section.

[50 FR 46291, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.10 Source reporting and waiver request.

(a) The owner or operator of each existing source or each new source which had an initial startup before the effective date shall provide the following information in writing to the Administrator within 90 days after the effective date:

(1) Name and address of the owner or operator.

(2) The location of the source.

(3) The type of hazardous pollutants emitted by the stationary source.

(4) A brief description of the nature, size, design, and method of operation of the stationary source including the operating design capacity of the source. Identify each point of emission for each hazardous pollutant.

(5) The average weight per month of the hazardous materials being processed by the source, over the last 12 months preceding the date of the report.

(6) A description of the existing control equipment for each emission point including -

(i) Each control device for each hazardous pollutant; and

(ii) Estimated control efficiency (percent) for each control device.

(7) A statement by the owner or operator of the source as to whether the source can comply with the standards within 90 days after the effective date.

(b) The owner or operator of an existing source unable to comply with an applicable standard may request a waiver of compliance with that standard for a period not exceeding 2 years after the effective date. Any request shall be in writing and shall include the following information:

(1) A description of the controls to be installed to comply with the standard.

(2) A compliance schedule, including the date each step toward compliance will be reached. The list shall include as a minimum the following dates:

(i) Date by which contracts for emission control systems or process changes for emission control will be awarded, or date by which orders will be issued for the purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control or process changes;

(ii) Date of initiation of onsite construction or installation of emission control equipment or process change;

(iii) Date by which onsite construction or installation of emission control equipment or process change is to be completed; and

(iv) Date by which final compliance is to be achieved.

(3) A description of interim emission control steps which will be taken during the waiver period.

(c) Any change in the information provided under paragraph (a) of this section or §61.07(b) shall be provided to the Administrator within 30 days after the change. However, if any change will result from modification of the source, §§61.07(c) and 61.08 apply.

(d) A possible format for reporting under this section is included as appendix A of this part. Advice on reporting the status of compliance may be obtained from the Administrator.

(e) For the purposes of this part, time periods specified in days shall be measured in calendar days, even if the word “calendar” is absent, unless otherwise specified in an applicable requirement.

(f) For the purposes of this part, if an explicit postmark deadline is not specified in an applicable requirement for the submittal of a notification, application, report, or other written communication to the Administrator, the owner or operator shall postmark the submittal on or before the number of days specified in the applicable requirement. For example, if a notification must be submitted 15 days before a particular event is scheduled to take place, the notification shall be postmarked on or before 15 days preceding the event; likewise, if a notification must be submitted 15 days after a particular event takes place, the notification shall be postmarked on or before 15 days following the end of the event. The use of reliable non-Government mail carriers that provide indications of verifiable delivery of information required to be submitted to the Administrator, similar to the postmark provided by the U.S. Postal Service, or alternative means of delivery agreed to by the permitting authority, is acceptable.

(g) Notwithstanding time periods or postmark deadlines specified in this part for the submittal of information to the Administrator by an owner or operator, or the review of such information by the Administrator, such time periods or deadlines may be changed by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator. Procedures governing the implementation of this provision are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(h) If an owner or operator of a stationary source in a State with delegated authority is required to submit reports under this part to the State, and if the State has an established timeline for the submission of reports that is consistent with the reporting frequency(ies) specified for such source under this part, the owner or operator may change the dates by which reports under this part shall be submitted (without changing the frequency of reporting) to be consistent with the State's schedule by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and the State. The allowance in the previous sentence applies in each State beginning 1 year after the source is required to be in compliance with the applicable subpart in this part. Procedures governing the implementation of this provision are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(i) If an owner or operator supervises one or more stationary sources affected by standards set under this part and standards set under part 60, part 63, or both such parts of this chapter, he/she may arrange by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator (or the State with an approved permit program) a common schedule on which reports required by each applicable standard shall be submitted throughout the year. The allowance in the previous sentence applies in each State beginning 1 year after the source is required to be in compliance with the applicable subpart in this part, or 1 year after the source is required to be in compliance with the applicable part 60 or part 63 standard, whichever is latest. Procedures governing the implementation of this provision are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(j)(1)(i) Until an adjustment of a time period or postmark deadline has been approved by the Administrator under paragraphs (j)(2) and (j)(3) of this section, the owner or operator of an affected source remains strictly subject to the requirements of this part.

(ii) An owner or operator shall request the adjustment provided for in paragraphs (j)(2) and (j)(3) of this section each time he or she wishes to change an applicable time period or postmark deadline specified in this part.

(2) Notwithstanding time periods or postmark deadlines specified in this part for the submittal of information to the Administrator by an owner or operator, or the review of such information by the Administrator, such time periods or deadlines may be changed by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and the Administrator. An owner or operator who wishes to request a change in a time period or postmark deadline for a particular requirement shall request the adjustment in writing as soon as practicable before the subject activity is required to take place. The owner or operator shall include in the request whatever information he or she considers useful to convince the Administrator that an adjustment is warranted.

(3) If, in the Administrator's judgment, an owner or operator's request for an adjustment to a particular time period or postmark deadline is warranted, the Administrator will approve the adjustment. The Administrator will notify the owner or operator in writing of approval or disapproval of the request for an adjustment within 15 calendar days of receiving sufficient information to evaluate the request.

(4) If the Administrator is unable to meet a specified deadline, he or she will notify the owner or operator of any significant delay and inform the owner or operator of the amended schedule.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985; 59 FR 12430, Mar. 16, 1994]

§61.11 Waiver of compliance.

(a) Based on the information provided in any request under §61.10, or other information, the Administrator may grant a waiver of compliance with a standard for a period not exceeding 2 years after the effective date of the standard.

(b) The waiver will be in writing and will -

(1) Identify the stationary source covered;

(2) Specify the termination date of the waiver;

(3) Specify dates by which steps toward compliance are to be taken; and

(4) Specify any additional conditions which the Administrator determines necessary to assure installation of the necessary controls within the waiver period and to assure protection of the health of persons during the waiver period.

(c) The Administrator may terminate the waiver at an earlier date than specified if any specification under paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section are not met.

(d) Before denying any request for a waiver, the Administrator will notify the owner or operator making the request of the Administrator's intention to issue the denial, together with -

(1) Notice of the information and findings on which the intended denial is based; and

(2) Notice of opportunity for the owner or operator to present, within the time limit the Administrator specifies, additional information or arguments to the Administrator before final action on the request.

(e) A final determination to deny any request for a waiver will be in writing and will set forth the specific grounds on which the denial is based. The final determination will be made within 60 days after presentation of additional information or argument; or within 60 days after the final date specified for the presentation if no presentation is made.

(f) The granting of a waiver under this section shall not abrogate the Administrator's authority under section 114 of the Act.

[50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.12 Compliance with standards and maintenance requirements.

(a) Compliance with numerical emission limits shall be determined in accordance with emission tests established in §61.13 or as otherwise specified in an individual subpart.

(b) Compliance with design, equipment, work practice or operational standards shall be determined as specified in an individual subpart.

(c) The owner or operator of each stationary source shall maintain and operate the source, including associated equipment for air pollution control, in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practice for minimizing emissions. Determination of whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to the Administrator which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operating and maintenance procedures, and inspection of the source.

(d)(1) If, in the Administrator's judgment, an alternative means of emission limitation will achieve a reduction in emissions of a pollutant from a source at least equivalent to the reduction in emissions of that pollutant from that source achieved under any design, equipment, work practice or operational standard, the Administrator will publish in the Federal Register a notice permitting the use of the alternative means for purposes of compliance with the standard. The notice will restrict the permission to the source(s) or category(ies) of sources on which the alternative means will achieve equivalent emission reductions. The notice may condition permission on requirements related to the operation and maintenance of the alternative means.

(2) Any notice under paragraph (d)(1) shall be published only after notice and an opportunity for a hearing.

(3) Any person seeking permission under this subsection shall, unless otherwise specified in the applicable subpart, submit a proposed test plan or the results of testing and monitoring, a description of the procedures followed in testing or monitoring, and a description of pertinent conditions during testing or monitoring.

(e) For the purpose of submitting compliance certifications or establishing whether or not a person has violated or is in violation of any standard in this part, nothing in this part shall preclude the use, including the exclusive use, of any credible evidence or information, relevant to whether a source would have been in compliance with applicable requirements if the appropriate performance or compliance test had been performed.

[50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985, as amended 62 FR 8328, Feb. 24, 1997]

§61.13 Emission tests and waiver of emission tests.

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), (a)(5), and (a)(6) of this section, if required to do emission testing by an applicable subpart and unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under this section, the owner or operator shall test emissions from the source:

(1) Within 90 days after the effective date, for an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date before the effective date.

(2) Within 90 days after initial startup, for a new source which has an initial startup date after the effective date.

(3) If a force majeure is about to occur, occurs, or has occurred for which the affected owner or operator intends to assert a claim of force majeure, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator, in writing as soon as practicable following the date the owner or operator first knew, or through due diligence should have known that the event may cause or caused a delay in testing beyond the regulatory deadline specified in paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section or beyond a deadline established pursuant to the requirements under paragraph (b) of this section, but the notification must occur before the performance test deadline unless the initial force majeure or a subsequent force majeure event delays the notice, and in such cases, the notification shall occur as soon as practicable.

(4) The owner or operator shall provide to the Administrator a written description of the force majeure event and a rationale for attributing the delay in testing beyond the regulatory deadline to the force majeure; describe the measures taken or to be taken to minimize the delay; and identify a date by which the owner or operator proposes to conduct the performance test. The performance test shall be conducted as soon as practicable after the force majeure occurs.

(5) The decision as to whether or not to grant an extension to the performance test deadline is solely within the discretion of the Administrator. The Administrator will notify the owner or operator in writing of approval or disapproval of the request for an extension as soon as practicable.

(6) Until an extension of the performance test deadline has been approved by the Administrator under paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(5) of this section, the owner or operator of the affected facility remains strictly subject to the requirements of this part.

(b) The Administrator may require an owner or operator to test emissions from the source at any other time when the action is authorized by section 114 of the Act.

(c) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the emission test at least 30 days before the emission test to allow the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present during the test.

(d) If required to do emission testing, the owner or operator of each new source and, at the request of the Administrator, the owner or operator of each existing source shall provide emission testing facilities as follows:

(1) Sampling ports adequate for test methods applicable to each source.

(2) Safe sampling platform(s).

(3) Safe access to sampling platform(s).

(4) Utilities for sampling and testing equipment.

(5) Any other facilities that the Administrator needs to safely and properly test a source.

(e) Each emission test shall be conducted under such conditions as the Administrator shall specify based on design and operational characteristics of the source.

(1) The performance testing shall include a test method performance audit (PA) during the performance test. The PAs consist of blind audit samples supplied by an accredited audit sample provider and analyzed during the performance test in order to provide a measure of test data bias. Gaseous audit samples are designed to audit the performance of the sampling system as well as the analytical system and must be collected by the sampling system during the compliance test just as the compliance samples are collected. If a liquid or solid audit sample is designed to audit the sampling system, it must also be collected by the sampling system during the compliance test. If multiple sampling systems or sampling trains are used during the compliance test for any of the test methods, the tester is only required to use one of the sampling systems per method to collect the audit sample. The audit sample must be analyzed by the same analyst using the same analytical reagents and analytical system and at the same time as the compliance samples. Retests are required when there is a failure to produce acceptable results for an audit sample. However, if the audit results do not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility, the compliance authority may waive the reanalysis requirement, further audits, or retests and accept the results of the compliance test. Acceptance of the test results shall constitute a waiver of the reanalysis requirement, further audits, or retests. The compliance authority may also use the audit sample failure and the compliance test results as evidence to determine the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility. A blind audit sample is a sample whose value is known only to the sample provider and is not revealed to the tested facility until after they report the measured value of the audit sample. For pollutants that exist in the gas phase at ambient temperature, the audit sample shall consist of an appropriate concentration of the pollutant in air or nitrogen that can be introduced into the sampling system of the test method at or near the same entry point as a sample from the emission source. If no gas phase audit samples are available, an acceptable alternative is a sample of the pollutant in the same matrix that would be produced when the sample is recovered from the sampling system as required by the test method. For samples that exist only in a liquid or solid form at ambient temperature, the audit sample shall consist of an appropriate concentration of the pollutant in the same matrix that would be produced when the sample is recovered from the sampling system as required by the test method. An accredited audit sample provider (AASP) is an organization that has been accredited to prepare audit samples by an independent, third party accrediting body.

(i) The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, from an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance purposes. No audit samples are required for the following test methods: Methods 3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60 of this chapter; Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of appendix A-4 of part 60; Method 18 and 19 of appendix A-6 of part 60; Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of part 60; Methods 30A and 30B of appendix A-8 of part 60; and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 of appendix A of part 63 of this chapter. If multiple sources at a single facility are tested during a compliance test event, only one audit sample is required for each method used during a compliance test. The compliance authority responsible for the compliance test may waive the requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an audit sample is not necessary. “Commercially available” means that two or more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for purchase. If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot find an audit sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or representative shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL, www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source that can supply an audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web site does not list an available audit sample at least 60 days prior to the beginning of the compliance test, the source owner, operator, or representative shall not be required to include an audit sample as part of the quality assurance program for the compliance test. When ordering an audit sample, the source owner, operator, or representative shall give the sample provider an estimate for the concentration of each pollutant that is emitted by the source or the estimated concentration of each pollutant based on the permitted level and the name, address, and phone number of the compliance authority. The source owner, operator, or representative shall report the results for the audit sample along with a summary of the emission test results for the audited pollutant to the compliance authority and shall report the results of the audit sample to the AASP. The source owner, operator, or representative shall make both reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to the compliance authority first and then report to the AASP. If the method being audited is a method that allows the samples to be analyzed in the field and the tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, the tester may analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the emission samples provided a representative of the compliance authority is present at the testing site. The tester may request, and the compliance authority may grant, a waiver to the requirement that a representative of the compliance authority must be present at the testing site during the field analysis of an audit sample. The source owner, operator, or representative may report the results of the audit sample to the compliance authority and then report the results of the audit sample to the AASP prior to collecting any emission samples. The test protocol and final test report shall document whether an audit sample was ordered and utilized and the pass/fail results as applicable.

(ii) An AASP shall have and shall prepare, analyze, and report the true value of audit samples in accordance with a written technical criteria document that describes how audit samples will be prepared and distributed in a manner that will ensure the integrity of the audit sample program. An acceptable technical criteria document shall contain standard operating procedures for all of the following operations:

(A) Preparing the sample;

(B) Confirming the true concentration of the sample;

(C) Defining the acceptance limits for the results from a well qualified tester. This procedure must use well established statistical methods to analyze historical results from well qualified testers. The acceptance limits shall be set so that there is 95 percent confidence that 90 percent of well qualified labs will produce future results that are within the acceptance limit range;

(D) Providing the opportunity for the compliance authority to comment on the selected concentration level for an audit sample;

(E) Distributing the sample to the user in a manner that guarantees that the true value of the sample is unknown to the user;

(F) Recording the measured concentration reported by the user and determining if the measured value is within acceptable limits;

(G) Reporting the results from each audit sample in a timely manner to the compliance authority and to the source owner, operator, or representative by the AASP. The AASP shall make both reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to the compliance authority first and then report to the source owner, operator, or representative. The results shall include the name of the facility tested, the date on which the compliance test was conducted, the name of the company performing the sample collection, the name of the company that analyzed the compliance samples including the audit sample, the measured result for the audit sample, and whether the testing company passed or failed the audit. The AASP shall report the true value of the audit sample to the compliance authority. The AASP may report the true value to the source owner, operator, or representative if the AASP's operating plan ensures that no laboratory will receive the same audit sample twice.

(H) Evaluating the acceptance limits of samples at least once every two years to determine in consultation with the voluntary consensus standard body if they should be changed;

(I) Maintaining a database, accessible to the compliance authorities, of results from the audit that shall include the name of the facility tested, the date on which the compliance test was conducted, the name of the company performing the sample collection, the name of the company that analyzed the compliance samples including the audit sample, the measured result for the audit sample, the true value of the audit sample, the acceptance range for the measured value, and whether the testing company passed or failed the audit.

(iii) The accrediting body shall have a written technical criteria document that describes how it will ensure that the AASP is operating in accordance with the AASP technical criteria document that describes how audit or samples are to be prepared and distributed. This document shall contain standard operating procedures for all of the following operations:

(A) Checking audit samples to confirm their true value as reported by the AASP.

(B) Performing technical systems audits of the AASP's facilities and operating procedures at least once every two years.

(C) Providing standards for use by the voluntary consensus standard body to approve the accrediting body that will accredit the audit sample providers.

(iv) The technical criteria documents for the accredited sample providers and the accrediting body shall be developed through a public process guided by a voluntary consensus standards body (VCSB). The VCSB shall operate in accordance with the procedures and requirements in the Office of Management and Budget Circular A-119. A copy of Circular A-119 is available upon request by writing the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20503, by calling (202) 395-6880 or downloading online at http://standards.gov/standards_gov/a119.cfm. The VCSB shall approve all accrediting bodies. The Administrator will review all technical criteria documents. If the technical criteria documents do not meet the minimum technical requirements in paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section, the technical criteria documents are not acceptable and the proposed audit sample program is not capable of producing audit samples of sufficient quality to be used in a compliance test. All acceptable technical criteria documents shall be posted on the EPA Web site at the following URL, http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc.

(2) [Reserved]

(f) Unless otherwise specified in an applicable subpart, samples shall be analyzed and emissions determined within 30 days after each emission test has been completed. The owner or operator shall report the determinations of the emission test to the Administrator by a registered letter sent before the close of business on the 31st day following the completion of the emission test.

(g) The owner or operator shall retain at the source and make available, upon request, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years, records of emission test results and other data needed to determine emissions.

(h)(1) Emission tests shall be conducted as set forth in this section, the applicable subpart and appendix B unless the Administrator -

(i) Specifies or approves the use of a reference method with minor changes in methodology; or

(ii) Approves the use of an alternative method; or

(iii) Waives the requirement for emission testing because the owner or operator of a source has demonstrated by other means to the Administrator's satisfaction that the source is in compliance with the standard.

(2) If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the results obtained by an alternative method, he may require the use of a reference method. If the results of the reference and alternative methods do not agree, the results obtained by the reference method prevail.

(3) The owner or operator may request approval for the use of an alternative method at any time, except -

(i) For an existing source or a new source that had an initial startup before the effective date, any request for use of an alternative method during the initial emission test shall be submitted to the Administrator within 30 days after the effective date, or with the request for a waiver of compliance if one is submitted under §60.10(b); or

(ii) For a new source that has an initial startup after the effective date, any request for use of an alternative method during the initial emission test shall be submitted to the Administrator no later than with the notification of anticipated startup required under §60.09.

(i)(1) Emission tests may be waived upon written application to the Administrator if, in the Administrator's judgment, the source is meeting the standard, or the source is being operated under a waiver or compliance, or the owner or operator has requested a waiver of compliance and the Administrator is still considering that request.

(2) If application for waiver of the emission test is made, the application shall accompany the information required by §61.10 or the notification of startup required by §61.09, whichever is applicable. A possible format is contained in appendix A to this part.

(3) Approval of any waiver granted under this section shall not abrogate the Administrator's authority under the Act or in any way prohibit the Administrator from later cancelling the waiver. The cancellation will be made only after notice is given to the owner or operator of the source.

[50 FR 46292, Nov. 7, 1985, as amended at 72 FR 27442, May 16, 2007; 75 FR 55652, Sept. 13, 2010; 79 FR 11275, Feb. 27, 2014; 81 FR 59825, Aug. 30, 2016]

§61.14 Monitoring requirements.

(a) Unless otherwise specified, this section applies to each monitoring system required under each subpart which requires monitoring.

(b) Each owner or operator shall maintain and operate each monitoring system as specified in the applicable subpart and in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practice for minimizing emissions. Any unavoidable breakdown or malfunction of the monitoring system should be repaired or adjusted as soon as practicable after its occurrence. The Administrator's determination of whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information which may include, but not be limited to, review of operating and maintenance procedures, manufacturer recommendations and specifications, and inspection of the monitoring system.

(c) When required by the applicable subpart, and at any other time the Administrator may require, the owner or operator of a source being monitored shall conduct a performance evaluation of the monitoring system and furnish the Administrator with a copy of a written report of the results within 60 days of the evaluation. Such a performance evaluation shall be conducted according to the applicable specifications and procedures described in the applicable subpart. The owner or operator of the source shall furnish the Administrator with written notification of the date of the performance evaluation at least 30 days before the evaluation is to begin.

(d) When the effluents from a single source, or from two or more sources subject to the same emission standards, are combined before being released to the atmosphere, the owner or operator shall install a monitoring system on each effluent or on the combined effluent. If two or more sources are not subject to the same emission standards, the owner or operator shall install a separate monitoring system on each effluent, unless otherwise specified. If the applicable standard is a mass emission standard and the effluent from one source is released to the atmosphere through more than one point, the owner or operator shall install a monitoring system at each emission point unless the installation of fewer systems is approved by the Administrator.

(e) The owner or operator of each monitoring system shall reduce the monitoring data as specified in each applicable subpart. Monitoring data recorded during periods of unavoidable monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments shall not be included in any data average.

(f) The owner or operator shall maintain records of monitoring data, monitoring system calibration checks, and the occurrence and duration of any period during which the monitoring system is malfunctioning or inoperative. These records shall be maintained at the source for a minimum of 2 years and made available, upon request, for inspection by the Administrator.

(g)(1) Monitoring shall be conducted as set forth in this section and the applicable subpart unless the Administrator -

(i) Specifies or approves the use of the specified monitoring requirements and procedures with minor changes in methodology; or

(ii) Approves the use of alternatives to any monitoring requirements or procedures.

(2) If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the results obtained by an alternative monitoring method, the Administrator may require the monitoring requirements and procedures specified in this part.

[50 FR 46293, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.15 Modification.

(a) Except as provided under paragraph (d) of this section, any physical or operational change to a stationary source which results in an increase in the rate of emission to the atmosphere of a hazardous pollutant to which a standard applies shall be considered a modification.

(b) Upon modification, an existing source shall become a new source for each hazardous pollutant for which the rate of emission to the atmosphere increases and to which a standard applies.

(c) Emission rate shall be expressed as kg/hr of any hazardous pollutant discharged into the atmosphere for which a standard is applicable. The Administrator shall use the following to determine the emission rate:

(1) Emission factors as specified in the background information document (BID) for the applicable standard, or in the latest issue of “Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors,” EPA Publication No. AP-42, or other emission factors determined by the Administrator to be superior to AP-42 emission factors, in cases where use of emission factors demonstrates that the emission rate will clearly increase or clearly not increase as a result of the physical or operational change.

(2) Material balances, monitoring data, or manual emission tests in cases where use of emission factors, as referenced in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, does not demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that the emission rate will clearly increase or clearly not increase as a result of the physical or operational change, or where an interested person demonstrates to the Administrator's satisfaction that there are reasonable grounds to dispute the result obtained by the Administrator using emission factors. When the emission rate is based on results from manual emission tests or monitoring data, the procedures specified in appendix C of 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to determine whether an increase in emission rate has occurred. Tests shall be conducted under such conditions as the Administrator shall specify to the owner or operator. At least three test runs must be conducted before and at least three after the physical or operational change. If the Administrator approves, the results of the emission tests required in §61.13(a) may be used for the test runs to be conducted before the physical or operational change. All operating parameters which may affect emissions must be held constant to the maximum degree feasible for all test runs.

(d) The following shall not, by themselves, be considered modifications under this part:

(1) Maintenance, repair, and replacement which the Administrator determines to be routine for a source category.

(2) An increase in production rate of a stationary source, if that increase can be accomplished without a capital expenditure on the stationary source.

(3) An increase in the hours of operation.

(4) Any conversion to coal that meets the requirements specified in section 111(a)(8) of the Act.

(5) The relocation or change in ownership of a stationary source. However, such activities must be reported in accordance with §61.10(c).

[50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.16 Availability of information.

The availability to the public of information provided to, or otherwise obtained by, the Administrator under this part shall be governed by part 2 of this chapter.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973. Redesignated at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.17 State authority.

(a) This part shall not be construed to preclude any State or political subdivision thereof from -

(1) Adopting and enforcing any emission limiting regulation applicable to a stationary source, provided that such emission limiting regulation is not less stringent than the standards prescribed under this part; or

(2) Requiring the owner or operator of a stationary source to obtain permits, licenses, or approvals prior to initiating construction, modification, or operation of the source.

[50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.18 Incorporations by reference.

The materials listed below are incorporated by reference in the corresponding sections noted. These incorporations by reference were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as they exist on the date of the approval, and a notice of any change in these materials will be published in the Federal Register. The materials are available for inspection at the corresponding address noted below, and at U.S. EPA's Air Docket at 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20460, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.

(a) The following materials are available for purchase from at least one of the following addresses: American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959; or University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.

(1) ASTM D737-75, Standard Test Method for Air Permeability of Textile Fabrics, incorporation by reference (IBR) approved January 27, 1983 for §61.23(a).

(2) ASTM D835-85, Standard Specification for Refined Benzene-485, IBR approved September 14, 1989 for §61.270(a).

(3) ASTM D836-84, Standard Specification for Industrial Grade Benzene, IBR approved September 14, 1989 for §61.270(a).

(4) ASTM D1193-77, 91, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR approved for appendix B: Method 101, Section 7.1.1; Method 101A, Section 7.1.1; and Method 104, Section 7.1; Method 108, Section 7.1.3; Method 108A, Section 7.1.1; Method 108B, Section 7.1.1; Method 108C, Section 7.1.1; and Method 111, Section 7.3.

(5) ASTM D2267-68, 78, 88, Standard Test Method for Aromatics in Light Naphthas and Aviation Gasoline by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved September 30, 1986, for §61.67(h)(1).

(6) ASTM D2359-85a, 93, Standard Specification for Refined Benzene-535, IBR approved September 14, 1989 for §61.270(a).

(7) ASTM D2382-76, 88, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved June 6, 1984 for §61.245(e)(3).

(8) ASTM D2504-67, 77, 88 (Reapproved 1993), Noncondensable Gases in C₃ and Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved June 6, 1984 for §61.245(e)(3).

(9) ASTM D2879-83, Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure - Temperature Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, IBR approved December 14, 2000 for §61.241.

(10) ASTM D2986-71, 78, 95a, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR approved for appendix B: Method 103, Section 6.1.3.

(11) ASTM D4420-94, Standard Test Method for Determination of Aromatics in Finished Gasoline by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for §61.67(h)(1).

(12) ASTM D4734-87, 96, Standard Specification for Refined Benzene-545, IBR approved September 14, 1989 for §61.270(a).

(13) ASTM D4809-95, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR approved for §61.245(e)(3).

(14) ASTM E50-82, 86, 90 (Reapproved 1995), Standard Practices for Apparatus Reagents, and Safety Precautions for Chemical Analysis of Metals, IBR approved for appendix B: Method 108C, Section 6.1.4.

(b) The following material is available from the U.S. EPA Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268.

(1) Method 601, Test Method for Purgeable Halocarbons, July 1982, IBR approved September 30, 1986, for §61.67(g)(2).

(c) The following material is available for purchase from the American National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10036.

(1) ANSI N13.1-1969, “Guide to Sampling Airborne Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities.” IBR approved for 61.93(b)(2)(ii) and 61.107(b)(2)(ii).

(2) ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999 “Sampling and Monitoring Releases of Airborne Radioactive Substances from the Stacks and Ducts of Nuclear Facilities,” IBR approved October 9, 2002, for §§61.93(c); 61.107(d) and Method 114, paragraph 2.1 of appendix B to 40 CFR part 61.

(d) The following material is available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402-9325, telephone (202) 512-1800 or outside of Washington, DC area: 1-866-512-1800.

(1) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition, November 1986, as amended by Revision I, December 1987, Order Number 955-001-00000-1:

(i) Method 8020, Aromatic Volatile Organics, IBR approved March 7, 1990, for §61.355(c)(2)(iv)(A).

(ii) Method 8021, Volatile Organic Compounds in Water by Purge and Trap Capillary Column Gas Chromatography with Photoionization and Electrolytic Conductivity Detectors in Series, IBR approved March 7, 1990, for §61.355(c)(2)(iv)(B).

(iii) Method 8240, Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry for Volatile Organics, IBR approved March 7, 1990, for §61.355(c)(2)(iv)(C).

(iv) Method 8260, Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry for Volatile Organics: Capillary Column Technique, IBR approved March 7, 1990, for §61.355(c)(2)(iv)(D).

(e) State and Local Requirements. The following materials listed below are available at the Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460, telephone number (202) 566-1745.

(1)(i) New Hampshire Regulations at Env-Sw 2100, Management and Control of Asbestos Disposal Sites Not Operated after July 9, 1981, effective February 16, 2010 (including a letter from Thomas S. Burack, Commissioner, Department of Environmental Services, State of New Hampshire, to Carol J. Holahan, Director, Office of Legislative Services, dated February 12, 2010, certifying that the enclosed rule, Env-Sw 2100, is the official version of this rule). Incorporation By Reference approved for §61.04(c).

(ii) New Hampshire Code of Administrative Rules: Chapter Env-A 1800, Asbestos Management and Control, effective as of May 5, 2017 (certified with June 23, 2017 letter from Clark B. Freise, Assistant Commissioner, Department of Environmental Services, State of New Hampshire), as follows: Revision Notes #1 and #2; Part Env-A 1801-1807, excluding Env-A 1801.02(e), Env-A 1801.07, Env-A 1802.02, Env-A 1802.04, Env-A 1802.07-1802.09, Env-A 1802.13, Env-A 1802.15-1802.17, Env-A 1802.25, Env-A 1802.31, Env-A 1802.37, Env-A 1802.40, Env-A 1802.44, and Env-A 1803.05-1803.09; and Appendices B, C, and D; IBR approved for §61.04(c).

[48 FR 3740, Jan. 27, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 55266, Dec. 9, 1983; 49 FR 23520, June 6, 1984; 51 FR 34914, Sept. 30, 1986; 54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989; 54 FR 51704, Dec. 15, 1989; 55 FR 8341, Mar. 7, 1990; 55 FR 18331, May 2, 1990; 55 FR 22027, May 31, 1990; 55 FR 32914, Aug. 13, 1990; 65 FR 62150, Oct. 17, 2000; 65 FR 78280, Dec. 14, 2000; 67 FR 57166, Sept. 9, 2002; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 78 FR 2338, Jan. 11, 2013; 83 FR 48255, Sept. 24, 2018]

§61.19 Circumvention.

No owner or operator shall build, erect, install, or use any article machine, equipment, process, or method, the use of which conceals an emission which would otherwise constitute a violation of an applicable standard. Such concealment includes, but is not limited to, the use of gaseous dilutants to achieve compliance with a visible emissions standard, and the piecemeal carrying out of an operation to avoid coverage by a standard that applies only to operations larger than a specified size.

[40 FR 48299, Oct. 14, 1975. Redesignated at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.20 Designation of facilities.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the owner or operator of an active underground uranium mine which:

(a) Has mined, will mine or is designed to mine over 90,720 megagrams (Mg) (100,000 tons) of ore during the life of the mine; or

(b) Has had or will have an annual ore production rate greater than 9,072 Mg (10,000 tons), unless it can be demonstrated to EPA that the mine will not exceed total ore production of 90,720 Mg (100,000 tons) during the life of the mine.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.21 Definitions.

As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning given them in the Clean Air Act or subpart A of part 61. The following terms shall have the following specific meanings:

(a) Active mine means an underground uranium mine which is being ventilated to allow workers to enter the mine for any purpose.

(b) Effective dose equivalent means the sum of the products of the absorbed dose and appropriate effectiveness factors. These factors account for differences in biological effectiveness due to the quality of radiation and its distribution in the body of reference man. The unit of the effective dose equivalent is the rem. The method for calculating effective dose equivalent and the definition of reference man are outlined in the International Commission on Radiological Protection's Publication No. 26.

(c) Underground uranium mine means a man-made underground excavation made for the purpose of removing material containing uranium for the principal purpose of recovering uranium.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.22 Standard.

Emissions of radon-222 to the ambient air from an underground uranium mine shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any member of the public to receive in any year an effective dose equivalent of 10 mrem/y.

§61.23 Determining compliance.

(a) Compliance with the emission standard in this subpart shall be determined and the effective dose equivalent calculated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) computer code COMPLY-R. An underground uranium mine owner or operator shall calculate the source terms to be used for input into COMPLY-R by conducting testing in accordance with the procedures described in appendix B, Method 115, or

(b) Owners or operators may demonstrate compliance with the emission standard in this subpart through the use of computer models that are equivalent to COMPLY-R provided that the model has received prior approval from EPA headquarters. EPA may approve a model in whole or in part and may limit its use to specific circumstances.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.24 Annual reporting requirements.

(a) The mine owner or operator shall annually calculate and report the results of the compliance calculations in §61.23 and the input parameters used in making the calculations. This report shall cover the emissions of a calendar year and shall be sent to EPA by March 31 of the following year. Each report shall also include the following information:

(1) The name and location of the mine.

(2) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different).

(3) The results of the emissions testing conducted and the dose calculated using the procedures in §61.23.

(4) A list of the stacks or vents or other points where radioactive materials are released to the atmosphere, including their location, diameter, flow rate, effluent temperature and release height.

(5) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each stack, vent, or other release point and the effluent controls used inside the mine, and an estimate of the efficiency of each control method or device.

(6) Distances from the points of release to the nearest residence, school, business or office and the nearest farms producing vegetables, milk, and meat.

(7) The values used for all other user-supplied input parameters for the computer models (e.g., meteorological data) and the source of these data.

(8) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer in charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately above the signature line: “I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted herein and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.”

(b) lf the facility is not in compliance with the emission standard of §61.22 in the calendar year covered by the report, the facility must then commence reporting to the Administrator on a monthly basis the information listed in paragraph (a) of this section for the preceding month. These reports will start the month immediately following the submittal of the annual report for the year in noncompliance and will be due 30 days following the end of each month. This increased level of reporting will continue until the Administrator has determined that the monthly reports are no longer necessary. In addition to all the information required in paragraph (a) of this section, monthly reports shall also include the following information:

(1) All controls or other changes in operation of the facility that will be or are being installed to bring the facility into compliance.

(2) If the facility is under a judicial or administrative enforcement decree the report will describe the facilities performance under the terms of the decree.

(c) The first report will cover the emissions of calendar year 1990.

[54 FR 51694, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.25 Recordkeeping requirements.

The owner or operator of a mine must maintain records documenting the source of input parameters including the results of all measurements upon which they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods used to derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used to determine compliance. In addition, the documentation should be sufficient to allow an independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the determination made concerning the facility's compliance with the standard. These records must be kept at the mine or by the owner or operator for at least five years and upon request be made available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative.

§61.26 Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

§61.30 Applicability.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the following stationary sources:

(a) Extraction plants, ceramic plants, foundries, incinerators, and propellant plants which process beryllium ore, beryllium, beryllium oxide, beryllium alloys, or beryllium-containing waste.

(b) Machine shops which process beryllium, beryllium oxides, or any alloy when such alloy contains more than 5 percent beryllium by weight.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.31 Definitions.

Terms used in this subpart are defined in the act, in subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows:

(a) Beryllium means the element beryllium. Where weights or concentrations are specified, such weights or concentrations apply to beryllium only, excluding the weight or concentration of any associated elements.

(b) Extraction plant means a facility chemically processing beryllium ore to beryllium metal, alloy, or oxide, or performing any of the intermediate steps in these processes.

(c) Beryllium ore means any naturally occurring material mined or gathered for its beryllium content.

(d) Machine shop means a facility performing cutting, grinding, turning, honing, milling, deburring, lapping, electrochemical machining, etching, or other similar operations.

(e) Ceramic plant means a manufacturing plant producing ceramic items.

(f) Foundry means a facility engaged in the melting or casting of beryllium metal or alloy.

(g) Beryllium-containing waste means material contaminated with beryllium and/or beryllium compounds used or generated during any process or operation performed by a source subject to this subpart.

(h) Incinerator means any furnace used in the process of burning waste for the primary purpose of reducing the volume of the waste by removing combustible matter.

(i) Propellant means a fuel and oxidizer physically or chemically combined which undergoes combustion to provide rocket propulsion.

(j) Beryllium alloy means any metal to which beryllium has been added in order to increase its beryllium content and which contains more than 0.1 percent beryllium by weight.

(k) Propellant plant means any facility engaged in the mixing, casting, or machining of propellant.

§61.32 Emission standard.

(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from stationary sources subject to the provisions of this subpart shall not exceed 10 grams (0.022 lb) of beryllium over a 24-hour period, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.

(b) Rather than meet the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, an owner or operator may request approval from the Administrator to meet an ambient concentration limit on beryllium in the vicinity of the stationary source of 0.01 µg/m ³ (4.37 × 10⁻⁶ gr/ft ³), averaged over a 30-day period.

(1) Approval of such requests may be granted by the Administrator provided that:

(i) At least 3 years of data is available which in the judgment of the Administrator demonstrates that the future ambient concentrations of beryllium in the vicinity of the stationary source will not exceed 0.01 µg/m ³ (4.37 × 10⁻⁶ gr/ft ³), averaged over a 30-day period. Such 3-year period shall be the 3 years ending 30 days before the effective date of this standard.

(ii) The owner or operator requests such approval in writing within 30 days after the effective date of this standard.

(iii) The owner or operator submits a report to the Administrator within 45 days after the effective date of this standard which report includes the following information:

(a) Description of sampling method including the method and frequency of calibration.

(b) Method of sample analysis.

(c) Averaging technique for determining 30-day average concentrations.

(d) Number, identity, and location (address, coordinates, or distance and heading from plant) of sampling sites.

(e) Ground elevations and height above ground of sampling inlets.

(f) Plant and sampling area plots showing emission points and sampling sites. Topographic features significantly affecting dispersion including plant building heights and locations shall be included.

(g) Information necessary for estimating dispersion including stack height, inside diameter, exit gas temperature, exit velocity or flow rate, and beryllium concentration.

(h) A description of data and procedures (methods or models) used to design the air sampling network (i.e., number and location of sampling sites).

(i) Air sampling data indicating beryllium concentrations in the vicinity of the stationary source for the 3-year period specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. This data shall be presented chronologically and include the beryllium concentration and location of each individual sample taken by the network and the corresponding 30-day average beryllium concentrations.

(2) Within 60 days after receiving such report, the Administrator will notify the owner or operator in writing whether approval is granted or denied. Prior to denying approval to comply with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, the Administrator will consult with representatives of the statutory source for which the demonstration report was submitted.

(c) The burning of beryllium and/or beryllium-containing waste, except propellants, is prohibited except in incinerators, emissions from which must comply with the standard.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.33 Stack sampling.

(a) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under §61.13, each owner or operator required to comply with §61.32(a) shall test emissions from the source according to Method 104 of appendix B to this part or according to Method 29 of appendix A to part 60. Method 103 of appendix B to this part is approved by the Administrator as an alternative method for sources subject to §61.32(a). The emission test shall be performed:

(1) By May 28, 2014 in the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014; or

(2) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014.

(b) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an emission test so that he may at his option observe the test.

(c) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which will occur in any 24-hour period. Where emissions depend upon the relative frequency of operation of different types of processes, operating hours, operating capacities, or other factors, the calculation of maximum 24-hour-period emissions will be based on that combination of factors which is likely to occur during the subject period and which result in the maximum emissions. No changes in the operation shall be made, which would potentially increase emissions above that determined by the most recent source test, until a new emission level has been estimated by calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.

(d) All samples shall be analyzed and beryllium emissions shall be determined within 30 days after the source test. All determinations shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched before the close of the next business day following such determination.

(e) Records of emission test results and other data needed to determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985; 79 FR 11275, Feb. 27, 2014]

§61.34 Air sampling.

(a) Stationary sources subject to §61.32(b) shall locate air sampling sites in accordance with a plan approved by the Administrator. Such sites shall be located in such a manner as is calculated to detect maximum concentrations of beryllium in the ambient air.

(b) All monitoring sites shall be operated continuously except for a reasonable time allowance for instrument maintenance and calibration, for changing filters, or for replacement of equipment needing major repair.

(c) Filters shall be analyzed and concentrations calculated within 30 days after filters are collected. Records of concentrations at all sampling sites and other data needed to determine such concentrations shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

(d) Concentrations measured at all sampling sites shall be reported to the Administrator every 30 days by a registered letter.

(e) The Administrator may at any time require changes in, or expansion of, the sampling network.

§61.40 Applicability.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to rocket motor test sites.

§61.41 Definitions.

Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows:

(a) Rocket motor test site means any building, structure, facility, or installation where the static test firing of a beryllium rocket motor and/or the disposal of beryllium propellant is conducted.

(b) Beryllium propellant means any propellant incorporating beryllium.

§61.42 Emission standard.

(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from rocket-motor test sites shall not cause time-weighted atmospheric concentrations of beryllium to exceed 75 microgram minutes per cubic meter (µg-min/m ³)(4.68 × 10⁻⁹ pound minutes per cubic foot (lb-min/ft ³)) of air within the limits of 10 to 60 minutes, accumulated during any 2 consecutive weeks, in any area in which an adverse effect to public health could occur.

(b) If combustion products from the firing of beryllium propellant are collected in a closed tank, emissions from such tank shall not exceed 2.0 g/hr (0.0044 lb/hr) and a maximum of 10 g/day (0.022 lb/day).

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000; 79 FR 11275, Feb. 27, 2014]

§61.43 Emission testing - rocket firing or propellant disposal.

(a) Ambient air concentrations shall be measured during and after firing of a rocket motor or propellant disposal and in such a manner that the effect of these emissions can be compared with the standard. Such sampling techniques shall be approved by the Administrator.

(b) All samples shall be analyzed and results shall be calculated within 30 days after samples are taken and before any subsequent rocket motor firing or propellant disposal at the given site. All results shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched before the close of the next business day following determination of such results.

(c) Records of air sampling test results and other data needed to determine integrated intermittent concentrations shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

(d) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an air sampling test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

§61.44 Stack sampling.

(a) Sources subject to §61.42(b) shall be continuously sampled, during release of combustion products from the tank, according to Method 104 of appendix B to this part. Method 103 of appendix B to this part is approved by the Administrator as an alternative method for sources subject to §61.42(b).

(b) All samples shall be analyzed, and beryllium emissions shall be determined within 30 days after samples are taken and before any subsequent rocket motor firing or propellant disposal at the given site. All determinations shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched before the close of the next business day following such determinations.

(c) Records of emission test results and other data needed to determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

(d) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985]

§61.50 Applicability.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those stationary sources which process mercury ore to recover mercury, use mercury chlor-alkali cells to produce chlorine gas and alkali metal hydroxide, and incinerate or dry wastewater treatment plant sludge.

[40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975]

§61.51 Definitions.

Terms used in this subpart are defined in the act, in subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows:

(a) Mercury means the element mercury, excluding any associated elements, and includes mercury in particulates, vapors, aerosols, and compounds.

(b) Mercury ore means a mineral mined specifically for its mercury content.

(c) Mercury ore processing facility means a facility processing mercury ore to obtain mercury.

(d) Condenser stack gases mean the gaseous effluent evolved from the stack of processes utilizing heat to extract mercury metal from mercury ore.

(e) Mercury chlor-alkali cell means a device which is basically composed of an electrolyzer section and a denuder (decomposer) section and utilizes mercury to produce chlorine gas, hydrogen gas, and alkali metal hydroxide.

(f) Mercury chlor-alkali electrolyzer means an electrolytic device which is part of a mercury chlor-alkali cell and utilizes a flowing mercury cathode to produce chlorine gas and alkali metal amalgam.

(g) Denuder means a horizontal or vertical container which is part of a mercury chlor-alkali cell and in which water and alkali metal amalgam are converted to alkali metal hydroxide, mercury, and hydrogen gas in a short-circuited, electrolytic reaction.

(h) Hydrogen gas stream means a hydrogen stream formed in the chlor-alkali cell denuder.

(i) End box means a container(s) located on one or both ends of a mercury chlor-alkali electrolyzer which serves as a connection between the electrolyzer and denuder for rich and stripped amalgam.

(j) End box ventilation system means a ventilation system which collects mercury emissions from the end-boxes, the mercury pump sumps, and their water collection systems.

(k) Cell room means a structure(s) housing one or more mercury electrolytic chlor-alkali cells.

(l) Sludge means sludge produced by a treatment plant that processes municipal or industrial waste waters.

(m) Sludge dryer means a device used to reduce the moisture content of sludge by heating to temperatures above 65°C (ca. 150°F) directly with combustion gases.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975]

§61.52 Emission standard.

(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from mercury ore processing facilities and mercury cell chlor-alkali plants shall not exceed 2.3 kg (5.1 lb) of mercury per 24-hour period.

(b) Emissions to the atmosphere from sludge incineration plants, sludge drying plants, or a combination of these that process wastewater treatment plant sludges shall not exceed 3.2 kg (7.1 lb) of mercury per 24-hour period.

[40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.53 Stack sampling.

(a) Mercury ore processing facility. (1) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under §61.13, each owner or operator processing mercury ore shall test emissions from the source according to Method 101 of appendix B to this part. The emission test shall be performed -

(i) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial start-up date preceding the effective date; or

(ii) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.

(2) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

(3) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which will occur in a 24-hour period. No changes in the operation shall be made, which would potentially increase emissions above that determined by the most recent source test, until the new emission level has been estimated by calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.

(4) All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions shall be determined within 30 days after the stack test. Each determination shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is completed.

(5) Records of emission test results and other data needed to determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

(b) Mercury chlor-alkali plant - hydrogen and end-box ventilation gas streams. (1) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under §61.13, each owner or operator employing mercury chlor-alkali cell(s) shall test emissions from hydrogen streams according to Method 102 and from end-box ventilation gas streams according to Method 101 of appendix B to this part. The emission test shall be performed -

(i) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; or

(ii) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.

(2) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

(3) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which will occur in a 24-hour period. No changes in the operation shall be made, which would potentially increase emissions above that determined by the most recent source test, until the new emission has been estimated by calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.

(4) All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions shall be determined within 30 days after the stack test. Each determination shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is completed.

(5) Records of emission test results and other data needed to determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

(c) Mercury chlor-alkali plants - cell room ventilation system. (1) Stationary sources using mercury chlor-alkali cells may test cell room emissions in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section or demonstrate compliance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section and assume ventilation emissions of 1.3 kg/day (2.9 lb/day) of mercury.

(2) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under §61.13, each owner or operator shall pass all cell room air in force gas streams through stacks suitable for testing and shall test emissions from the source according to Method 101 in appendix B to this part. The emission test shall be performed -

(i) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; or

(ii) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.

(3) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

(4) An owner or operator may carry out approved design, maintenance, and housekeeping practices. A list of approved practices is provided in appendix A of “Review of National Emission Standards for Mercury,” EPA-450/3-84-014a, December 1984. Copies are available from EPA's Central Docket Section, Docket item number A-84-41, III-B-1.

(d) Sludge incineration and drying plants. (1) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under §61.13, each owner or operator of a source subject to the standard in §61.52(b) shall test emissions from that source. Such tests shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth either in paragraph (d) of this section or in §61.54.

(2) Method 101A in appendix B or Method 29 in appendix A to part 60 shall be used to test emissions as follows:

(i) The test shall be performed by May 28, 2014 in the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014.

(ii) The test shall be performed within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014.

(3) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an emission test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

(4) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are necessary to determine accurately the maximum emissions which will occur in a 24-hour period. No changes shall be made in the operation which would potentially increase emissions above the level determined by the most recent stack test, until the new emission level has been estimated by calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.

(5) All samples shall be analyzed and mercury emissions shall be determined within 30 days after the stack test. Each determination shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is completed.

(6) Records of emission test results and other data needed to determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and shall be made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

[38 FR 8826, Apr. 6, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 48302, Oct. 14, 1975; 47 FR 24704, June 8, 1982; 50 FR 46294, Nov. 7, 1985; 52 FR 8726, Mar. 19, 1987; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000; 79 FR 11275, Feb. 27, 2014]

§61.54 Sludge sampling.

(a) As an alternative means for demonstrating compliance with §61.52(b), an owner or operator may use Method 105 of appendix B and the procedures specified in this section.

(1) A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days of the effective date of these regulations in the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; or

(2) A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date.

(b) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to a sludge sampling test, so that he may at his option observe the test.

(c) Sludge shall be sampled according to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, sludge charging rate for the plant shall be determined according to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and the sludge analysis shall be performed according to paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(1) The sludge shall be sampled according to Method 105 - Determination of Mercury in Wastewater Treatment Plant Sewage Sludges. A total of three composite samples shall be obtained within an operating period of 24 hours. When the 24-hour operating period is not continuous, the total sampling period shall not exceed 72 hours after the first grab sample is obtained. Samples shall not be exposed to any condition that may result in mercury contamination or loss.

(2) The maximum 24-hour period sludge incineration or drying rate shall be determined by use of a flow rate measurement device that can measure the mass rate of sludge charged to the incinerator or dryer with an accuracy of ±5 percent over its operating range. Other methods of measuring sludge mass charging rates may be used if they have received prior approval by the Administrator.

(3) The sampling, handling, preparation, and analysis of sludge samples shall be accomplished according to Method 105 in appendix B of this part.

(d) The mercury emissions shall be determined by use of the following equation.

where:

E_Hg = Mercury emissions, g/day.

M = Mercury concentration of sludge on a dry solids basis, µg/g.

Q = Sludge changing rate, kg/day.

F_sm = Weight fraction of solids in the collected sludge after mixing.

1000 = Conversion factor, kg µg/g. ²

(e) No changes in the operation of a plant shall be made after a sludge test has been conducted which would potentially increase emissions above the level determined by the most recent sludge test, until the new emission level has been estimated by calculation and the results reported to the Administrator.

(f) All sludge samples shall be analyzed for mercury content within 30 days after the sludge sample is collected. Each determination shall be reported to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched within 15 calendar days following the date such determination is completed.

(g) Records of sludge sampling, charging rate determination and other data needed to determine mercury content of wastewater treatment plant sludges shall be retained at the source and made available, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.

[40 FR 48303, Oct. 14, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 35770, Sept. 12, 1984; 52 FR 8727, Mar. 19, 1987; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988]

§61.55 Monitoring of emissions and operations.

(a) Wastewater treatment plant sludge incineration and drying plants. All the sources for which mercury emissions exceed 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) per 24-hour period, demonstrated either by stack sampling according to §61.53 or sludge sampling according to §61.54, shall monitor mercury emissions at intervals of at least once per year by use of Method 105 of appendix B or the procedures specified in §61.53 (d) (2) and (4). The results of monitoring shall be reported and retained according to §61.53(d) (5) and (6) or §61.54 (f) and (g).

(b) Mercury cell chlor-alkali plants - hydrogen and end-box ventilation gas streams. (1) The owner or operator of each mercury cell chlor-alkali plant shall, within 1 year of the date of publication of these amendments or within 1 year of startup for a plant with initial startup after the date of publication, perform a mercury emission test that demonstrates compliance with the emission limits in §61.52, on the hydrogen stream by Method 102 and on the end-box stream by Method 101 for the purpose of establishing limits for parameters to be monitored.

(2) During tests specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the following control device parameters shall be monitored, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and recorded manually or automatically at least once every 15 minutes:

(i) The exit gas temperature from uncontrolled streams;

(ii) The outlet temperature of the gas stream for the final (i.e., the farthest downstream) cooling system when no control devices other than coolers and demisters are used;

(iii) The outlet temperature of the gas stream from the final cooling system when the cooling system is followed by a molecular sieve or carbon adsorber;

(iv) Outlet concentration of available chlorine, pH, liquid flow rate, and inlet gas temperature of chlorinated brine scrubbers and hypochlorite scrubbers;

(v) The liquid flow rate and exit gas temperature for water scrubbers;

(vi) The inlet gas temperature of carbon adsorption systems; and

(vii) The temperature during the heating phase of the regeneration cycle for carbon adsorbers or molecular sieves.

(3) The recorded parameters in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vi) of this section shall be averaged over the test period (a minimum of 6 hours) to provide an average number. The highest temperature reading that is measured in paragraph (b)(2)(vii) of this section is to be identified as the reference temperature for use in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section.

(4)(i) Immediately following completion of the emission tests specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator of a mercury cell chlor-alkali plant shall monitor and record manually or automatically at least once per hour the same parameters specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vi) of this section.

(ii) Immediately following completion of the emission tests specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator shall monitor and record manually or automatically, during each heating phase of the regeneration cycle, the temperature specified in paragraph (b)(2)(vii) of this section.

(5) Monitoring devices used in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(4) of this section shall be certified by their manufacturer to be accurate to within 10 percent, and shall be operated, maintained, and calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions. Records of the certifications and calibrations shall be retained at the chlor-alkali plant and made available for inspection by the Administrator as follows: Certification, for as long as the device is used for this purpose; calibration for a minimum of 2 years.

(6)(i) When the hourly value of a parameter monitored in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section exceeds, or in the case of liquid flow rate and available chlorine falls below the value of that same parameter determined in paragraph (b)(2) of this section for 24 consecutive hours, the Administrator is to be notified within the next 10 days.

(ii) When the maximum hourly value of the temperature measured in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section is below the reference temperature recorded according to paragraph (b)(3) of this section for three consecutive regeneration cycles, the Administrator is to be notified within the next 10 days.

(7) Semiannual reports shall be submitted to the Administrator indicating the time and date on which the hourly value of each parameter monitored according to paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (b)(4)(ii) of this section fell outside the value of that same parameter determined under paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and corrective action taken, and the time and date of the corrective action. Parameter excursions will be considered unacceptable operation and maintenance of the emission control system. In addition, while compliance with the emission limits is determined primarily by conducting a performance test according to the procedures in §61.53(b), reports of parameter excursions may be used as evidence in judging the duration of a violation that is determined by a performance test.

(8) Semiannual reports required in paragraph (b)(7) of this section shall be submitted to the Administrator on September 15 and March 15 of each year. The first semiannual report is to be submitted following the first full 6 month reporting period. The semiannual report due on September 15 (March 15) shall include all excursions monitored through August 31 (February 28) of the same calendar year.

(c) As an alternative to the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in paragraphs (b)(2) through (8) of this section, an owner or operator may develop and submit for the Administrator's review and approval a plant-specific monitoring plan. To be approved, such a plan must ensure not only compliance with the emission limits of §61.52(a) but also proper operation and maintenance of emissions control systems. Any site-specific monitoring plan submitted must, at a minimum, include the following:

(1) Identification of the critical parameter or parameters for the hydrogen stream and for the end-box ventilation stream that are to be monitored and an explanation of why the critical parameter(s) selected is the best indicator of proper control system performance and of mercury emission rates.

(2) Identification of the maximum or minimum value of each parameter (e.g., degrees temperature, concentration of mercury) that is not to be exceeded. The level(s) is to be directly correlated to the results of a performance test, conducted no more than 180 days prior to submittal of the plan, when the facility was in compliance with the emission limits of §61.52(a).

(3) Designation of the frequency for recording the parameter measurements, with justification if the frequency is less than hourly. A longer recording frequency must be justified on the basis of the amount of time that could elapse during periods of process or control system upsets before the emission limits would be exceeded, and consideration is to be given to the time that would be necessary to repair the failure.

(4) Designation of the immediate actions to be taken in the event of an excursion beyond the value of the parameter established in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(5) Provisions for reporting, semiannually, parameter excursions and the corrective actions taken, and provisions for reporting within 10 days any significant excursion.

(6) Identification of the accuracy of the monitoring device(s) or of the readings obtained.

(7) Recordkeeping requirements for certifications and calibrations.

(d) Mercury cell chlor-alkali plants - cell room ventilation system. (1) Stationary sources determining cell room emissions in accordance with §61.53(c)(4) shall maintain daily records of all leaks or spills of mercury. The records shall indicate the amount, location, time, and date the leaks or spills occurred, identify the cause of the leak or spill, state the immediate steps taken to minimize mercury emissions and steps taken to prevent future occurrences, and provide the time and date on which corrective steps were taken.

(2) The results of monitoring shall be recorded, retained at the source, and made available for inspection by the Administrator for a minimum of 2 years.

[52 FR 8727, Mar. 19, 1987, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.56 Delegation of authority.

(a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a State under section 112(d) of the Act, the authorities contained in paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and not transferred to a State.

(b) Authorities which will not be delegated to States: Sections 61.53(c)(4) and 61.55(d). The authorities not delegated to States listed are in addition to the authorities in the General Provisions, subpart A of 40 CFR part 61, that will not be delegated to States (§§61.04(b), 61.12(d)(1), and 61.13(h)(1)(ii)).

[52 FR 8728, Mar. 19, 1987]

§61.60 Applicability.

(a) This subpart applies to plants which produce:

(1) Ethylene dichloride by reaction of oxygen and hydrogen chloride with ethylene,

(2) Vinyl chloride by any process, and/or

(3) One or more polymers containing any fraction of polymerized vinyl chloride.

(b) This subpart does not apply to equipment used in research and development if the reactor used to polymerize the vinyl chloride processed in the equipment has a capacity of no more than 0.19 m ³ (50 gal).

(c) Sections of this subpart other than §§61.61; 61.64 (a)(1), (b), (c), and (d); 61.67; 61.68; 61.69; 61.70; and 61.71 do not apply to equipment used in research and development if the reactor used to polymerize the vinyl chloride processed in the equipment has a capacity of greater than 0.19 m ³(50 gal) and no more than 4.17 m ³(1100 gal).

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29006, June 7, 1977; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988; 57 FR 60999, Dec. 23, 1992]

§61.61 Definitions.

Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in subpart A of this part, or in this section as follows:

(a) Ethylene dichloride plant includes any plant which produces ethylene dichloride by reaction of oxygen and hydrogen chloride with ethylene.

(b) Vinyl chloride plant includes any plant which produces vinyl chloride by any process.

(c) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plant includes any plant where vinyl chloride alone or in combination with other materials is polymerized.

(d) Slip gauge means a gauge which has a probe that moves through the gas/liquid interface in a storage or transfer vessel and indicates the level of vinyl chloride in the vessel by the physical state of the material the gauge discharges.

(e) Type of resin means the broad classification of resin referring to the basic manufacturing process for producing that resin, including, but not limited to, the suspension, dispersion, latex, bulk, and solution processes.

(f) Grade of resin means the subdivision of resin classification which describes it as a unique resin, i.e., the most exact description of a resin with no further subdivision.

(g) Dispersion resin means a resin manufactured in such a way as to form fluid dispersions when dispersed in a plasticizer or plasticizer/diluent mixtures.

(h) Latex resin means a resin which is produced by a polymerization process which initiates from free radical catalyst sites and is sold undried.

(i) Bulk resin means a resin which is produced by a polymerization process in which no water is used.

(j) Inprocess wastewater means any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into direct contact with vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, by-product, or waste product containing vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride but which has not been discharged to a wastewater treatment process or discharged untreated as wastewater. Gasholder seal water is not inprocess wastewater until it is removed from the gasholder.

(k) Wastewater treatment process includes any process which modifies characteristics such as BOD, COD, TSS, and pH, usually for the purpose of meeting effluent guidelines and standards; it does not include any process the purpose of which is to remove vinyl chloride from water to meet requirements of this subpart.

(l) In vinyl chloride service means that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a liquid that is at least 10 percent vinyl chloride by weight or a gas that is at least 10 percent by volume vinyl chloride as determined according to the provisions of §61.67(h). The provisions of §61.67(h) also specify how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in vinyl chloride service. For the purposes of this subpart, this definition must be used in place of the definition of “in VHAP service” in subpart V of this part.

(m) Standard operating procedure means a formal written procedure officially adopted by the plant owner or operator and available on a routine basis to those persons responsible for carrying out the procedure.

(n) Run means the net period of time during which an emission sample is collected.

(o) Ethylene dichloride purification includes any part of the process of ethylene dichloride purification following ethylene dichloride formation, but excludes crude, intermediate, and final ethylene dichloride storage tanks.

(p) Vinyl chloride purification incudes any part of the process of vinyl chloride production which follows vinyl chloride formation.

(q) Reactor includes any vessel in which vinyl chloride is partially or totally polymerized into polyvinyl chloride.

(r) Reactor opening loss means the emissions of vinyl chloride occurring when a reactor is vented to the atmosphere for any purpose other than an emergency relief discharge as defined in §61.65(a).

(s) Stripper includes any vessel in which residual vinyl chloride is removed from polyvinyl chloride resin, except bulk resin, in the slurry form by the use of heat and/or vacuum. In the case of bulk resin, stripper includes any vessel which is used to remove residual vinyl chloride from polyvinyl chloride resin immediately following the polymerization step in the plant process flow.

(t) Standard temperature means a temperature of 20°C (69°F).

(u) Standard pressure means a pressure of 760 mm of Hg (29.92 in. of Hg).

(v) Relief valve means each pressure relief device including pressure relief valves, rupture disks and other pressure relief systems used to protect process components from overpressure conditions. “Relief valve” does not include polymerization shortstop systems, referigerated water systems or control valves or other devices used to control flow to an incinerator or other air pollution control device.

(w) Leak means any of several events that indicate interruption of confinement of vinyl chloride within process equipment. Leaks include events regulated under subpart V of this part such as:

(1) An instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater measured according to Method 21 (see appendix A of 40 CFR part 60);

(2) A sensor detection of failure of a seal system, failure of a barrier fluid system, or both;

(3) Detectable emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of greater than 500 ppm above background for equipment designated for no detectable emissions measured according to Method 21 (see appendix A of 40 CFR part 60); and

(4) In the case of pump seals regulated under §61.242-2, indications of liquid dripping constituting a leak under §61.242-2.

Leaks also include events regulated under § 61.65(b)(8)(i) for detection of ambient concentrations in excess of background concentrations. A relief valve discharge is not a leak.

(x) Exhaust gas means any offgas (the constituents of which may consist of any fluids, either as a liquid and/or gas) discharged directly or ultimately to the atmosphere that was initially contained in or was in direct contact with the equipment for which gas limits are prescribed in §§61.62(a) and (b); 61.63(a); 61.64 (a)(1), (b), (c), and (d); 61.65 (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(5), (b)(6)(ii), (b)(7), and (b)(9)(ii); and 61.65(d). A leak as defined in paragraph (w) of this section is not an exhaust gas. Equipment which contains exhaust gas is subject to §61.65(b)(8), whether or not that equipment contains 10 percent by volume vinyl chloride.

(y) Relief valve discharge means any nonleak discharge through a relief valve.

(z) 3-hour period means any three consecutive 1-hour periods (each commencing on the hour), provided that the number of 3-hour periods during which the vinyl chloride concentration exceeds 10 ppm does not exceed the number of 1-hour periods during which the vinyl chloride concentration exceeds 10 ppm.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29006, June 7, 1977; 51 FR 34908, Sept. 30, 1986; 55 FR 28348, July 10, 1990; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.62 Emission standard for ethylene dichloride plants.

(a) Ethylene dichloride purification. The concentration of vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream from any equipment used in ethylene dichloride purification is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided in §61.65(a). This requirement does not preclude combining of exhaust gas streams provided the combined steam is ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm, or equivalent as provided in §61.66. This requirement does not apply to equipment that has been opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in §61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.

(b) Oxychlorination reactor. Except as provided in §61.65(a), emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere from each oxychlorination reactor are not to exceed 0.2 g/kg (0.4 lb/ton) (average for 3-hour period) of the 100 percent ethylene dichloride product from the oxychlorination process.

[51 FR 34909, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.63 Emission standard for vinyl chloride plants.

An owner or operator of a vinyl chloride plant shall comply with the requirements of this section and §61.65.

(a) Vinyl chloride formation and purification: The concentration of vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream from any equipment used in vinyl chloride formation and/or purification is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided in §61.65(a). This requirement does not preclude combining of exhaust gas streams provided the combined steam is ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm, or equivalent as provided in §61.66. This requirement does not apply to equipment that has been opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in §61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.

[51 FR 34909, Sept. 30, 1986]

§61.64 Emission standard for polyvinyl chloride plants.

An owner or operator of a polyvinyl chloride plant shall comply with the requirements of this section and §61.65.

(a) Reactor. The following requirements apply to reactors:

(1) The concentration of vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream from each reactor is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and §61.65(a).

(2) The reactor opening loss from each reactor is not to exceed 0.02 g vinyl chloride/kg (0.04 lb vinyl chloride/ton) of polyvinyl chloride product, except as provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, with the product determined on a dry solids basis. This requirement does not apply to prepolymerization reactors in the bulk process. This requirement does apply to postpolymerization reactors in the bulk process, where the product means the gross product of prepolymerization and postpolymerization.

(3) Manual vent valve discharge. Except for an emergency manual vent valve discharge, there is to be no discharge to the atmosphere from any manual vent valve on a polyvinyl chloride reactor in vinyl chloride service. An emergency manual vent valve discharge means a discharge to the atmosphere which could not have been avoided by taking measures to prevent the discharge. Within 10 days of any discharge to the atmosphere from any manual vent valve, the owner or operator of the source from which the discharge occurs shall submit to the Administrator a report in writing containing information on the source, nature and cause of the discharge, the date and time of the discharge, the approximate total vinyl chloride loss during the discharge, the method used for determining the vinyl chloride loss (the calculation of the vinyl chloride loss), the action that was taken to prevent the discharge, and measures adopted to prevent future discharges.

(b) Stripper. The concentration of vinly chloride in each exhaust gas stream from each stripper is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided in §61.65(a). This requirement does not apply to equipment that has been opened, is out of operation, and met the requiremention §61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.

(c) Mixing, weighing, and holding containers. The concentration of vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream from each mixing, weighing, or holding container in vinyl chloride service which precedes the stripper (or the reactor if the plant has no stripper) in the plant process flow is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided in §61.65(a). This requirement does not apply to equipment that has been opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in §61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.

(d) Monomer recovery system. The concentration of vinyl chloride in each exhaust gas stream from each monomer recovery system is not to exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), except as provided in §61.65(a). This requirement does not apply to equipment that has been opened, is out of operation, and met the requirement in §61.65(b)(6)(i) before being opened.

(e) Sources following the stripper(s). The following requirements apply to emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere from the combination of all sources following the stripper(s) [or the reactor(s) if the plant has no stripper(s)] in the plant process flow including but not limited to, centrifuges, concentrators, blend tanks, filters, dryers, conveyor air discharges, baggers, storage containers, and inprocess wastewater, except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section:

(1) In polyvinyl chloride plants using stripping technology to control vinyl chloride emissions, the weighted average residual vinyl chloride concentration in all grades of polyvinyl chloride resin processed through the stripping operation on each calendar day, measured immediately after the stripping operation is completed, may not exceed:

(i) 2000 ppm for polyvinyl chloride dispersion resins, excluding latex resins;

(ii) 400 ppm for all other polyvinyl chloride resins, including latex resins, averaged separately for each type of resin; or

(2) In polyvinyl chloride plants controlling vinyl chloride emissions with technology other than stripping or in addition to stripping, emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere may not exceed:

(i) 2 g/kg (4 lb/ton) product from the stripper(s) [or reactor(s) if the plant has no stripper(s)] for dispersion polyvinyl chloride resins, excluding latex resins, with the product determined on a dry solids basis;

(ii) 0.4 g/kg (0.8 lb/ton) product from the strippers [or reactor(s) if the plant has no stripper(s)] for all other polyvinyl chloride resins, including latex resins, with the product determined on a dry solids basis.

(3) The provisions of this paragraph apply at all times including when off-specification or other types of resins are made.

(f) Reactor used as stripper. When a nonbulk resin reactor is used as a stripper this paragraph may be applied in lieu of §61.64 (a)(2) and (e)(1):

(1) The weighted average emissions of vinyl chloride from reactor opening loss and all sources following the reactor used as a stripper from all grades of polyvinyl chloride resin stripped in the reactor on each calendar day may not exceed:

(i) 2.02 g/kg (0.00202 lb/lb) of polyvinyl chloride product for dispersion polyvinyl chloride resins, excluding latex resins, with the product determined on a dry solids basis.

(ii) 0.42 g/kg (0.00042 lb/lb) of polyvinyl chloride product for all other polyvinyl chloride resins, including latex resins, with the product determined on a dry solids basis.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 51 FR 34909, Sept. 30, 1986; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.65 Emission standard for ethylene dichloride, vinyl chloride and polyvinyl chloride plants.

An owner or operator of an ethylene dichloride, vinyl chloride, and/or polyvinyl chloride plant shall comply with the requirements of this section.

(a) Relief valve discharge (RVD). Except for an emergency relief discharge, and except as provided in §61.65(d), there is to be no discharge to the atmosphere from any relief valve on any equipment in vinyl chloride service. An emergency relief discharge means a discharge which could not have been avoided by taking measures to prevent the discharge. Within 10 days of any relief valve discharge, except for those subject to §61.65(d), the owner or operator of the source from which the relief valve discharge occurs shall submit to the Administrator a report in writing containing information on the source, nature and cause of the discharge, the date and time of the discharge, the approximate total vinyl chloride loss during the discharge, the method used for determining the vinyl chloride loss (the calculation of the vinyl chloride loss), the action that was taken to prevent the discharge, and measures adopted to prevent future discharges.

(b) Fugitive emission sources - (1) Loading and unloading lines. Vinyl chloride emissions from loading and unloading lines in vinyl chloride service which are opened to the atmosphere after each loading or unloading operation are to be minimized as follows:

(i) After each loading or unloading operation and before opening a loading or unloading line to the atmosphere, the quantity of vinyl chloride in all parts of each loading or unloading line that are to be opened to the atmosphere is to be reduced so that the parts combined contain no greater than 0.0038 m ³ (0.13 ft ³) of vinyl chloride, at standard temperature and pressure; and

(ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from a loading or unloading line in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section is to be ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), or equivalent as provided in §61.66.

(2) Slip gauges. During loading or unloading operations, the vinyl chloride emissions from each slip gauge in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by ducting any vinyl chloride discharged from the slip gauge through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period), or equivalent as provided in §61.66.

(3) Leakage from pump, compressor, and agitator seals:

(i) Rotating pumps. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all rotating pumps in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by installing sealless pumps, pumps with double mechanical seals or equivalent as provided in §61.66. If double mechanical seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the pump; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in §61.66. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

(ii) Reciprocating pumps. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all reciprocating pumps in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by installing double outboard seals, or equivalent as provided in §61.66. If double outboard seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the pump; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in §61.66. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

(iii) Rotating compressor. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all rotating compressors in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by installing compressors with double mechanical seals, or equivalent as provided in §61.66. If double mechanical seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the compressor; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in §61.66. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

(iv) Reciprocating compressors. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all reciprocating compressors in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by installing double outboard seals, or equivalent as provided in §61.66. If double outboard seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the compressor; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through a control system from which concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in §61.66. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

(v) Agitator. Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all agitators in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by installing agitators with double mechanical seals, or equivalent as provided in §61.66. If double mechanical seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two seals so that any leak that occurs is into the agitated vessel; by ducting any vinyl chloride between the two seals through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided in §61.66.

(4) Leaks from relief valves. Vinyl chloride emissions due to leaks from each relief valve on equipment in vinyl chloride service shall comply with §61.242-4 of subpart V of this part.

(5) Manual venting of gases. Except as provided in §61.64(a)(3), all gases which are manually vented from equipment in vinly chloride service are to be ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period); or equivalent as provided in §61.66.

(6) Opening of equipment. Vinyl chloride emissions from opening of equipment (excluding crude, intermediate, and final EDC storage tanks, but including prepolymerization reactors used in the manufacture of bulk resins and loading or unloading lines that are not opened to the atmosphere after each loading or unloading operation) are to be minimized follows:

(i) Before opening any equipment for any reason, the quantity of vinyl chloride which is contained therein is to be reduced to an amount which occupies a volume of no more than 2.0 percent of the equipment's containment volume or 0.0950 cubic meters (25 gallons), whichever is larger, at standard temperature and pressure.

(ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from the equipment in accordance with paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section is to be ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period); or equivalent as provided in §61.66.

(7) Samples. Unused portions of samples containing at least 10 percent by weight vinyl chloride are to be returned to the process or destroyed in a control device from which concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gas does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period) or equivalent as provided in §61.66. Sampling techniques are to be such that sample containers in vinyl chloride service are purged into a closed process system. Compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart V demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

(8) Leak detection and elimination. Vinyl chloride emissions due to leaks from equipment in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized as follows:

(i) A reliable and accurate vinyl chloride monitoring system shall be operated for detection of major leaks and identification of the general area of the plant where a leak is located. A vinyl chloride monitoring system means a device which obtains air samples from one or more points on a continuous sequential basis and analyzes the samples with gas chromatography or, if the owner or operator assumes that all hydrocarbons measured are vinyl chloride, with infrared spectrophotometry, flame ion detection, or an equivalent or alternative method. The vinyl chloride monitoring system shall be operated according to a program developed by the plant owner or operator. The owner or operator shall submit a description of the program to the Administrator within 45 days of the effective date of these regulations, unless a waiver of compliance is granted under §61.11, or the program has been approved and the Administrator does not request a review of the program. Approval of a program will be granted by the Administrator provided he finds:

(A) The location and number of points to be monitored and the frequency of monitoring provided for in the program are acceptable when they are compared with the number of pieces of equipment in vinyl chloride service and size and physical layout of the plant.

(B) It contains a definition of leak which is acceptable when compared with the background concentrations of vinyl chloride in the areas of the plant to be monitored by the vinyl chloride monitoring system. Measurements of background concentrations of vinyl chloride in the areas of the plant to be monitored by the vinyl chloride monitoring system are to be included with the description of the program. The definition of leak for a given plant may vary among the different areas within the plant and is also to change over time as background concentrations in the plant are reduced.

(C) It contains an acceptable plan of action to be taken when a leak is detected.

(D) It provides for an acceptable calibration and maintenance schedule for the vinyl chloride monitoring system and portable hydrocarbon detector. For the vinyl chloride monitoring system, a daily span check is to be conducted with a concentration of vinyl chloride equal to the concentration defined as a leak according to paragraph (b)(8)(i)(B) of this section. The calibration is to be done with either:

(1) A calibration gas mixture prepared from the gases specified in sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2 of Method 106 and in accordance with section 10.1 of Method 106, or

(2) A calibration gas cylinder standard containing the appropriate concentration of vinyl chloride. The gas composition of the calibration gas cylinder standard is to have been certified by the manufacturer. The manufacturer must have recommended a maximum shelf life for each cylinder so that the concentration does not change greater than ±5 percent from the certified value. The date of gas cylinder preparation, certified vinyl chloride concentration, and recommended maximum shelf life must have been affixed to the cylinder before shipment from the manufacturer to the buyer. If a gas chromatograph is used as the vinyl chloride monitoring system, these gas mixtures may be directly used to prepare a chromatograph calibration curve as described in Sections 8.1 and 9.2 of Method 106. The requirements in Sections 7.2.3.1 and 7.2.3.2 of Method 106 for certification of cylinder standards and for establishment and verification of calibration standards are to be followed.

(ii) For each process unit subject to this subpart, a formal leak detection and repair program shall be implemented consistent with subpart V of this part, except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(iii) of this section. This program is to be implemented within 90 days of the effective date of these regulations, unless a waiver of compliance is granted under §61.11. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(E) of this section, an owner or operator shall be exempt from §61.242-1(d), §61.242-7 (a), (b), and (c), §61.246, and §61.247 of subpart V of this part for any process unit in which the percentage of leaking valves is demonstrated to be less than 2.0 percent, as determined in accordance with the following:

(A) A performance test as specified in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(B) of this section shall be conducted initially within 90 days of the effective date of these regulations, annually, and at times requested by the Administrator.

(B) For each performance test, a minimum of 200 or 90 percent, whichever is less, of the total valves in VOC service (as defined in §60.481 of subpart VV of part 60) within the process unit shall be randomly selected and monitored within 1 week by the methods specified in §61.245(b) of this part. If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected. The leak percentage shall be determined by dividing the number of valves in VOC service for which leaks are detected by the number of tested valves in VOC service.

(C) If a leak is detected, it shall be repaired in accordance with §61.242-7 (d) and (e) of subpart V of this part.

(D) The results of the performance test shall be submitted in writing to the Administrator in the first quarterly report following the performance test as part of the reporting requirements of §61.70.

(E) Any process unit in which the percentage of leaking valves is found to be greater than 2.0 percent according to the performance test prescribed in paragraph (b)(8)(ii)(B) of this section must comply with all provisions of subpart V of this part within 90 days.

(iii) Open-ended valves or lines located on multiple service process lines which operate in vinyl chloride service less than 10 percent of the time are exempt from the requirements of §61.242-6 of subpart V, provided the open-ended valves or lines are addressed in the monitoring system required by paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section. The Administrator may apply this exemption to other existing open-ended valves or lines that are demonstrated to require significant retrofit cost to comply with the requirements of §61.242-6 of subpart V.

(9) Inprocess wastewater. Vinyl chloride emissions to the atmosphere from inprocess wastewater are to be reduced as follows:

(i) The concentration of vinyl chloride in each inprocess wastewater stream containing greater than 10 ppm vinyl chloride measured immediately as it leaves a piece of equipment and before being mixed with any other inprocess wastewater stream is to be reduced to no more than 10 ppm by weight before being mixed with any other inprocess wastewater stream which contains less than 10 ppm vinyl chloride; before being exposed to the atmosphere; before being discharged to a wastewater treatment process; or before being discharged untreated as a wastewater. This paragraph does apply to water which is used to displace vinyl chloride from equipment before it is opened to the atmosphere in accordance with §61.64(a)(2) or paragraph (b)(6) of this section, but does not apply to water which is used to wash out equipment after the equipment has already been opened to the atmosphere in accordance with §61.64(a)(2) or paragraph (b)(6) of this section.

(ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from the inprocess wastewater in accordance with paragraph (b)(9)(i) of this section is to be ducted through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm (average for 3-hour period); or equivalent as provided in §61.66.

(c) The requirements in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(5), (b)(6), (b)(7) and (b)(8) of this section are to be incorporated into a standard operating procedure, and made available upon request for inspection by the Administrator. The standard operating procedure is to include provisions for measuring the vinyl chloride in equipment 4.75 m ³ (1255 gal) in volume for which an emission limit is prescribed in §61.65(b)(6)(i) after opening the equipment and using Method 106, a portable hydrocarbon detector, or an alternative method. The method of measurement is to meet the requirements in §61.67(g)(5)(i)(A) or (g)(5)(i)(B).

(d) A RVD that is ducted to a control device that is continually operating while emissions from the release are present at the device is subject to the following requirements:

(1) A discharge from a control device other than a flare shall not exceed 10 ppm (average over a 3-hour period) as determined by the continuous emission monitor system required under §61.68. Such a discharge is subject to the requirements of §61.70.

(2) For a discharge routed to a flare, the flare shall comply with the requirements of §60.18.

(i) Flare operations shall be monitored in accordance with the requirements of §§60.18(d) and 60.18(f)(2). For the purposes of §60.18(d), the volume and component concentration of each relief valve discharge shall be estimated and calculation shall be made to verify ongoing compliance with the design and operating requirements of §§60.18 (c)(3) through (c)(6). If more than one relief valve is discharged simultaneously to a single flare, these calculations shall account for the cumulative effect of all such relief valve discharges. These calculations shall be made and reported quarterly for all discharges within the quarter. Failure to comply with any of the requirements of this paragraph will be a violation of §61.65(d)(2). Monitoring for the presence of a flare pilot flame shall be conducted in accordance with §60.18(f)(2). If the results of this monitoring or any other information shows that the pilot flame is not present 100 percent of the time during which a relief valve discharge is routed to the flare, the relief valve discharge is subject to the provisions of §61.65(a).

(ii) A report describing the flare design shall be provided to the Administrator not later than 90 days after the adoption of this provision or within 30 days of the installation of a flare system for control of relief valve discharge whichever is later. The flare design report shall include calculations based upon expected relief valve discharge component concentrations and net heating values (for PVC this calculation shall be based on values expected if a release occurred at the instant the polymerization starts); and estimated maximum exit velocities based upon the design throat capacity of the gas in the relief valve.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976; 41 FR 53017, Dec. 3, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29006, June 7, 1977; 51 FR 34910, Sept. 30, 1986; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988; 55 FR 28348, July 10, 1990; 65 FR 62151, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.66 Equivalent equipment and procedures.

Upon written application from an owner or operator, the Administrator may approve use of equipment or procedures which have been demonstrated to his satisfaction to be equivalent in terms of reducing vinyl chloride emissions to the atmosphere to those prescribed for compliance with a specific paragraph of this subpart.

[51 FR 34912, Sept. 30, 1986]

§61.67 Emission tests.

(a) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under §61.13, the owner or operator of a source to which this subpart applies shall test emissions from the source,

(1) Within 90 days of the effective date in the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date, or

(2) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source, initial startup of which occurs after the effective date.

(b) The owner or operator shall provide the Administrator at least 30 days prior notice of an emission test to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present during the test.

(c) Any emission test is to be conducted while the equipment being tested is operating at the maximum production rate at which the equipment will be operated and under other relevant conditions as may be specified by the Administrator based on representative performance of the source.

(d) [Reserved]

(e) When at all possible, each sample is to be analyzed within 24 hours, but in no case in excess of 72 hours of sample collection. Vinyl chloride emissions are to be determined within 30 days after the emission test. The owner or operator shall report the determinations to the Administrator by a registered letter dispatched before the close of the next business day following the determination.

(f) The owner or operator shall retain at the plant and make available, upon request, for inspection by the Administrator, for a minimum of 3 years, records of emission test results and other data needed to determine emissions.

(g) Unless otherwise specified, the owner or operator shall use the test methods in appendix B to this part for each test as required by paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), (g)(3), (g)(4), and (g)(5) of this section, unless an alternative method has been approved by the Administrator. If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the results obtained by an alternative method, he may require the use of a reference method. If the results of the reference and alternative methods do not agree, the results obtained by the reference method prevail, and the Administrator may notify the owner or operator that approval of the method previously considered to be alternative is withdrawn. Whenever Method 107 is specified, and the conditions in Section 1.2, “Applicability” of Method 107A are met, Method 107A may be used.

(1) Method 106 is to be used to determine the vinyl chloride emissions from any source for which an emission limit is prescribed in §61.62(a) or (b), §61.63(a), or §61.64(a)(1), (b), (c), or (d), or from any control system to which reactor emissions are required to be ducted in §61.64(a)(2) or to which fugitive emissions are required to be ducted in §61.65(b)(1)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(5), (b)(6)(ii), or (b)(9)(ii).

(i) For each run, one sample is to be collected. The sampling site is to be at least two stack or duct diameters downstream and one half diameter upstream from any flow disturbance such as a bend, expansion, contraction, or visible flame. For a rectangular cross section, an equivalent diameter is to be determined from the following equation:

Equivalent diameter = 2(length)(width)/(length width)

The sampling point in the duct is to be at the centroid of the cross section. The sample is to be extracted at a rate proportional to the gas velocity at the sampling point. The sample is to contain a minimum volume of 50 liters (1.8 ft ³) corrected to standard conditions and is to be taken over a period as close to 1 hour as practicable.

(ii) Each emission test is to consist of three runs. For the purpose of determining emissions, the average of results of all runs is to apply. The average is to be computed on a time weighted basis.

(iii) For gas streams containing more that 10 percent oxygen, the concentration of vinyl chloride as determined by Method 106 is to be corrected to 10 percent oxygen (dry basis) for determination of emissions by using the following equation:

Where:

C_b(corrected) = The concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases, corrected to 10 percent oxygen.

C_b = The concentration of vinyl chloride as measured by Method 106.

20.9 = Percent oxygen in the ambient air at standard conditions.

10.9 = Percent oxygen in the ambient air at standard conditions, minus the 10.0 percent oxygen to which the correction is being made.

Percent O₂ = Percent oxygen in the exhaust gas as measured by Method 3 of appendix A of part 60 of this chapter.

(iv) For those emission sources where the emission limit is prescribed in terms of mass rather than concentration, mass emissions are to be determined using the following equation:

Where:

C_BX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product.

C_b = Concentration of vinyl chloride as measured by Test Method 106, ppmv.

D_VC = Density of vinyl chloride at standard conditions, 2.60 kg/m ³ (0.162 lb/ft ³).

Q = Volumetric flow rate as determined by Method 2 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter, m ³/hr (ft ³/hr).

K = Unit conversion factor, 1,000 g/kg (1 lb/lb).

10⁻⁶ = Conversion factor for ppm.

Z = Production rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).

(2) Method 107 or Method 601 (incorporated by reference as specified in §61.18) is to be used to determine the concentration of vinyl chloride in each inprocess wastewater stream for which an emission limit is prescribed in §61.65(b)(9)(i).

(3) When a stripping operation is used to attain the emission limits in §61.64(e) and (f), emissions are to be determined using Method 107 as follows:

(i) The number of strippers (or reactors used as strippers) and samples and the types and grades of resin to be sampled are to be determined by the Administrator for each individual plant at the time of the test based on the plant's operation.

(ii) Each sample is to be taken immediately following the stripping operation.

(iii) The corresponding quantity of material processed by each stripper (or reactor used as a stripper) is to be determined on a dry solids basis and by a method submitted to and approved by the Administrator.

(iv) At the prior request of the Administrator, the owner or operator shall provide duplicates of the samples required in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section.

(4) Where control technology other than or in addition to a stripping operation is used to attain the emission limit in §61.64(e), emissions are to be determined as follows:

(i) Method 106 is to be used to determine atmospheric emissions from all of the process equipment simultaneously. The requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section are to be met.

(ii) Method 107 is to be used to determine the concentration of vinyl chloride in each inprocess wastewater stream subject to the emission limit prescribed in §61.64(e). Vinyl chloride mass emissions are to be determined using the following equation:

Where:

C_BX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product in each inprocess wastewater stream.

C_rvc = Concentration of vinyl chloride in wastewater, as measured by Method 107, ppmw.

D_water = Density of wastewater, 1.0 kg/m ³ (0.0624 lb/ft ³).

Q_water = Wastewater flow rate, determined in accordance with a method which has been submitted to and approved by the Administrator, m ³/hr (ft ³/hr).

K = Unit conversion factor, 1,000 g/kg (1 lb/lb).

10⁻⁶ = Conversion factor for ppm.

Z = Production rate, kg/hr (lb/hr), determined in accordance with a method which has been submitted to and approved by the Administrator.

(5) The reactor opening loss for which an emission limit is prescribed in §61.64(a)(2) is to be determined. The number of reactors for which the determination is to be made is to be specified by the Administrator for each individual plant at the time of the determination based on the plant's operation.

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section, the reactor opening loss is to be determined using the following equation:

Where:

C_BX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product.

C_b = Concentration of vinyl chloride, in ppmv, as determined by Method 106 or a portable hydrocarbon detector which measures hydrocarbons with a sensitivity of at least 10 ppmv.

V_R = Capacity of the reactor, m ³ (ft ³).

D_VC = Density of vinyl chloride at standard conditions, 2.60 kg/m ³ (0.162 lb/ft ³).

K = Unit conversion factor, 1,000 g/kg (1 lb/lb).

10⁻⁶ = Conversion factor for ppm.

Z = Production rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).

(A) If Method 106 is used to determine the concentration of vinyl chloride (C_b), the sample is to be withdrawn at a constant rate with a probe of sufficient length to reach the vessel bottom from the manhole. Samples are to be taken for 5 minutes within 6 inches of the vessel bottom, 5 minutes near the vessel center, and 5 minutes near the vessel top.

(B) If a portable hydrocarbon detector is used to determine the concentration of vinyl chloride (C_b), a probe of sufficient length to reach the vessel bottom from the manhole is to be used to make the measurements. One measurement will be made within 6 inches of the vessel bottom, one near the vessel center and one near the vessel top. Measurements are to be made at each location until the reading is stabilized. All hydrocarbons measured are to be assumed to be vinyl chloride.

(C) The production rate of polyvinyl chloride (Z), which is the product of the average batch weight and the number of batches produced since the reactor was last opened to the atmosphere, is to be determined by a method submitted to and approved by the Administrator.

(ii) A calculation based on the number of evacuations, the vacuum involved, and the volume of gas in the reactor is hereby approved by the Administrator as an alternative method for determining reactor opening loss for postpolymerization reactors in the manufacture of bulk resins. Calculation methods based on techniques other than repeated evacuation of the reactor may be approved by the Administrator for determining reactor opening loss for postpolymerization reactors in the manufacture of bulk resins.

(6) For a reactor that is used as a stripper, the emissions of vinyl chloride from reactor opening loss and all sources following the reactor used as a stripper for which an emission limit is prescribed in §61.64(f) are to be determined. The number of reactors for which the determination is to be made is to be specified by the Administrator for each individual plant at the time of the determination based on the plant's operation.

(i) For each batch stripped in the reactor, the following measurements are to be made:

(A) The concentration of vinyl chloride in resin after stripping, measured according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section;

(B) The reactor vacuum at end of strip from plant instrument; and

(C) The reactor temperature at the end of strip from plant instrument.

(ii) For each batch stripped in the reactor, the following information is to be determined:

(A) The vapor pressure of water in the reactor at the end of strip from the following table:

(B) The partial pressure of vinyl chloride in reactor at end of strip from the following equation:

Where:

PP_VC = Partial pressure of vinyl chloride, mm Hg (psia)

P_ATM = Atmospheric pressure at 0°C (32°F), 760 mm Hg (14.7 psia)

P_RV = Absolute pressure of reactor vacuum, mm Hg (psia)

P_W = Vapor pressure of water, mm Hg (psia)

(C) The reactor vapor space volume at the end of the strip from the following equation:

Where:

V_RVS = Reactor vapor space volume, m ³ (ft ³)

V_R = Reactor capacity, m ³ (ft ³)

V_W = Volume of water in reactor from recipe, m ³ (ft ³)

W_PVC = Dry weight of polyvinyl chloride in reactor from recipe, kg (lb)

D_PVC = Typical density of polyvinyl chloride, 1,400 kg/m ³ (87.4 lb/ft ³)

(iii) For each batch stripped in the reactor, the combined reactor opening loss and emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper is to be determined using the following equation:

Where:

C_BX = Vinyl chloride emissions, g/kg (lb/lb) product.

PPM_VC = Concentration of vinyl chloride in resin after stripping, ppmw

K₁ = Conversion factor from ppmw to units of emission standard, 0.001 (metric units) = 0.002 (English units)

PP_VC = Partial pressure of vinyl chloride determined according to paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(B) of this section, mm Hg (psia)

V_RVS = Reactor vapor space volume determined according to paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(C) of this section, m ³ (ft ³)

R_VC = Ideal gas constant for vinyl chloride, 1,002 g-°K/(mm Hg-m ³) [5.825 lb-°R/(psia-ft ³)]

M_PVC = Dry weight of polyvinyl chloride in reactor from recipe, kg (lb)

T_R = Reactor temperature,°C (°F)

K_T = Temperature conversion factor for°C to°K, 273 (°F to°R, 460)

(h)(1) Each piece of equipment within a process unit that can reasonably contain equipment in vinyl chloride service is presumed to be in vinyl chloride service unless an owner or operator demonstrates that the piece of equipment is not in vinyl chloride service. For a piece of equipment to be considered not in vinyl chloride service, it must be determined that the percent vinyl chloride content can be reasonably expected not to exceed 10 percent by weight for liquid streams or contained liquid volumes and 10 percent by volume for gas streams or contained gas volumes, which also includes gas volumes above liquid streams or contained liquid volumes. For purposes of determining the percent vinyl chloride content of the process fluid that is contained in or contacts equipment, procedures that conform to the methods described in ASTM D2267-68, 78, or 88 or D4420-94 (incorporated by reference as specified in §61.18) shall be used.

(2)(i) An owner or operator may use engineering judgment rather than the procedures in paragraph (h)(1) of this section to demonstrate that the percent vinyl chloride content does not exceed 10 percent by weight for liquid streams and 10 percent by volume for gas streams, provided that the engineering judgment demonstrates that the vinyl chloride content clearly does not exceed 10 percent. When an owner or operator and the Administrator do not agree on whether a piece of equipment is not in vinyl chloride service, however, the procedures in paragraph (h)(1) of this section shall be used to resolve the disagreement.

(ii) If an owner or operator determines that a piece of equipment is in vinyl chloride service, the determination can be revised only after following the procedures in paragraph (h)(1) of this section.

(3) Samples used in determining the percent vinyl chloride content shall be representative of the process fluid that is contained in or contacts the equipment.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 47 FR 39486, Sept. 8, 1982; 50 FR 46295, Nov. 7, 1985; 51 FR 34912, Sept. 30, 1986; 65 FR 62152, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.68 Emission monitoring.

(a) A vinyl chloride monitoring system is to be used to monitor on a continuous basis the emissions from the sources for which emission limits are prescribed in §§61.62 (a) and (b), 61.63(a), and 61.64 (a)(1), (b), (c), and (d), and for any control system to which reactor emissions are required to be ducted in §61.64(a)(2) or to which fugitive emissions are required to be ducted in §61.65 (b)(1)(ii), and (b)(2), (b)(5), (b)(6) (ii), and (b)(9)(ii).

(b) The vinyl chloride monitoring system(s) used to meet the requirement in paragraph (a) of this section is to be a device which obtains representative samples from one or more applicable emission points on a continuous sequential basis and analyzes the samples with gas chromatography or, if the owner or operator assumes that all hydrocarbons measured are vinyl chloride, with infrared spectrophotometry, flame ion detection, or an alternative method. The vinyl chloride monitoring system used to meet the requirements in §61.65(b)(8)(i) may be used to meet the requirements of this section.

(c) A daily span check is to be conducted for each vinyl chloride monitoring system used. For all of the emission sources listed in paragraph (a) of this section, except the one for which an emission limit is prescribed in §61.62(b), the daily span check is to be conducted with a concentration of vinyl chloride equal to 10 ppm. For the emission source for which an emission limit is prescribed in §61.62(b), the daily span check is to be conducted with a concentration of vinyl chloride which is determined to be equivalent to the emission limit for that source based on the emission test required by §61.67. The calibration is to be done with either:

(1) A calibration gas mixture prepared from the gases specified in Sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2 of Method 106 and in accordance with Section 10.1 of Method 106, or

(2) A calibration gas cylinder standard containing the appropriate concentration of vinyl chloride. The gas composition of the calibration gas cylinder standard is to have been certified by the manufacturer. The manufacturer must have recommended a maximum shelf life for each cylinder so that the concentration does not change greater than ±5 percent from the certified value. The date of gas cylinder preparation, certified vinyl chloride concentration and recommended maximum shelf life must have been affixed to the cylinder before shipment from the manufacturer to the buyer. If a gas chromatograph is used as the vinyl chloride monitoring system, these gas mixtures may be directly used to prepare a chromatograph calibration curve as described in Sections 8.1 and 9.2 of Method 106. The requirements in Sections 7.2.3.1 and 7.2.3.2 of Method 106 for certification of cylinder standards and for establishment and verification of calibration standards are to be followed.

(d) When exhaust gas(es), having emission limits that are subject to the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, are emitted to the atmosphere without passing through the control system and required vinyl chloride monitoring system, the vinyl chloride content of the emission shall be calculated (in units of each applicable emission limit) by best practical engineering judgment based on the discharge duration and known VC concentrations in the affected equipment as determined in accordance with §61.67(h) or other acceptable method.

(e) For each 3-hour period, the vinyl chloride content of emissions subject to the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section shall be averaged (weighted according to the proportion of time that emissions were continuously monitored and that emissions bypassed the continuous monitor) for purposes of reporting excess emissions under §61.70(c)(1).

(f) For each vinyl chloride emission to the atmosphere determined in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section to be in excess of the applicable emission limits, the owner or operator shall record the identity of the source(s), the date, time, and duration of the excess emission, the cause of the excess emission, and the approximate total vinyl chloride loss during the excess emission, and the method used for determining the vinyl chloride loss. This information shall be retained and made available for inspection by the Administrator as required by §61.71(a).

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976; 41 FR 53017, Dec. 3, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 50 FR 46295, Nov. 7, 1985; 51 FR 34913, Sept. 30, 1986; 55 FR 28349, July 10, 1990; 65 FR 62155, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.69 Initial report.

(a) An owner or operator of any source to which this subpart applies shall submit a statement in writing notifying the Administrator that the equipment and procedural specifications in §61.65 (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5), (b)(6), (b)(7), and (b)(8) are being implemented.

(b)(1) In the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the statement is to be submitted within 90 days of the effective date, unless a waiver of compliance is granted under §61.11, along with the information required under §61.10. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the statement is to be submitted on a date scheduled by the Administrator.

(2) In the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the statement is to be submitted within 90 days of the initial startup date.

(c) The statement is to contain the following information:

(1) A list of the equipment installed for compliance,

(2) A description of the physical and functional characteristics of each piece of equipment,

(3) A description of the methods which have been incorporated into the standard operating procedures for measuring or calculating the emissions for which emission limits are prescribed in §61.65 (b)(1)(i) and (b)(6)(i),

(4) A statement that each piece of equipment is installed and that each piece of equipment and each procedure is being used.

§61.70 Reporting.

(a)(1) The owner or operator of any source to which this subpart applies shall submit to the Administrator on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year a report in writing containing the information required by this section. The first report is to be submitted following the first full 3-month reporting period after the initial report is submitted.

(2) In the case of an existing source, the approved reporting schedule shall be used. In addition, quarterly reports shall be submitted exactly 3 months following the current reporting dates.

(b)(1) In the case of an existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the first report is to be submitted within 180 days of the effective date, unless a waiver of compliance is granted under §61.11. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the first report is to be submitted on a date scheduled by the Administrator.

(2) In the case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the first report is to be submitted within 180 days of the initial startup date.

(c) Unless otherwise specified, the owner or operator shall use the test methods in appendix B to this part to conduct emission tests as required by paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, unless an alternative method has been approved by the Administrator. If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the results obtained by an alternative method, he may require the use of a reference method. If the results of the reference and alternative methods do not agree, the results obtained by the reference method prevail, and the Administrator may notify the owner or operator that approval of the method previously considered to be alternative is withdrawn.

(1) The owner or operator shall include in the report a record of the vinyl chloride content of emissions for each 3-hour period during which average emissions are in excess of the emission limits in §61.62(a) or (b), §61.63(a), or §61.64(a)(1), (b), (c), or (d), or during which average emissions are in excess of the emission limits specified for any control system to which reactor emissions are required to be ducted in §61.64(a)(2) or to which fugitive emissions are required to be ducted in §61.65(b)(I)(ii), (b)(2), (b)(5), (b)(6)(ii), or (b)(9)(ii). The number of 3-hour periods for which average emissions were determined during the reporting period shall be reported. If emissions in excess of the emission limits are not detected, the report shall contain a statement that no excess emissions have been detected. The emissions are to be determined in accordance with §61.68(e).

(2) In polyvinyl chloride plants for which a stripping operation is used to attain the emission level prescribed in §61.64(e), the owner or operator shall include in the report a record of the vinyl chloride content in the polyvinyl chloride resin.

(i) If batch stripping is used, one representative sample of polyvinyl chloride resin is to be taken from each batch of each grade of resin immediately following the completion of the stripping operation, and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time the batch is completed. The corresponding quantity of material processed in each stripper batch is to be recorded and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time the batch is completed.

(ii) If continuous stripping is used, one representative sample of polyvinyl chloride resin is to be taken for each grade of resin processed or at intervals of 8 hours for each grade of resin which is being processed, whichever is more frequent. The sample is to be taken as the resin flows out of the stripper and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time the sample was taken. The corresponding quantity of material processed by each stripper over the time period represented by the sample during the 8-hour period, is to be recorded and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time it represents.

(iii) The vinyl chloride content in each sample is to be determined by Method 107 as prescribed in §61.67(g)(3).

(iv) [Reserved]

(v) The report to the Administrator by the owner or operator is to include a record of any 24-hour average resin vinyl chloride concentration, as determined in this paragraph, in excess of the limits prescribed in §61.64(e). The vinyl chloride content found in each sample required by paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii) of this section shall be averaged separately for each type of resin, over each calendar day and weighted according to the quantity of each grade of resin processed by the stripper(s) that calendar day, according to the following equation:

Where:

A_T = 24-hour average concentration of type T resin in ppm (dry weight basis).

Q_T = Total production of type T resin over the 24-hour period, in kg (ton).

T = Type of resin.

M_Gi = Concentration of vinyl chloride in one sample of grade G_i resin in ppm.

P_Gi = Production of grade G_i resin represented by the sample, in kg (ton).

G_i = Grade of resin: e.g., G₁, G₂, G₃.

n = Total number of grades of resin produced during the 24-hour period.

The number of 24-hour average concentrations for each resin type determined during the reporting period shall be reported. If no 24-hour average resin vinyl chloride concentrations in excess of the limits prescribed in §61.64(e) are measured, the report shall state that no excess resin vinyl chloride concentrations were measured.

(vi) The owner or operator shall retain at the source and make available for inspection by the Administrator for a minimum of 3 years records of all data needed to furnish the information required by paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section. The records are to contain the following information:

(A) The vinyl chloride content found in all the samples required in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii) of this section, identified by the resin type and grade and the time and date of the sample, and

(B) The corresponding quantity of polyvinyl chloride resin processed by the stripper(s), identified by the resin type and grade and the time and date it represents.

(3) The owner or operator shall include in the report a record of any emissions from each reactor opening in excess of the emission limits prescribed in §61.64(a)(2). Emissions are to be determined in accordance with §61.67(g)(5), except that emissions for each reactor are to be determined. The number of reactor openings during the reporting period shall be reported. If emissions in excess of the emission limits are not detected, the report shall include a statement that excess emissions have not been detected.

(4) In polyvinyl chloride plants for which stripping in the reactor is used to attain the emission level prescribed in §61.64(f), the owner or operator shall include in the report a record of the vinyl chloride emissions from reactor opening loss and all sources following the reactor used as a stripper.

(i) One representative sample of polyvinyl chloride resin is to be taken from each batch of each grade of resin immediately following the completion of the stripping operation, and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time the batch is completed. The corresponding quantity of material processed in each stripper batch is to be recorded and identified by resin type and grade and the date and time the batch is completed.

(ii) The vinyl chloride content in each sample is to be determined by Method 107 as prescribed in §61.67(g)(3).

(iii) The combined emissions from reactor opening loss and all sources following the reactor used as a stripper are to be determined for each batch stripped in a reactor according to the procedure prescribed in §61.67(g)(6).

(iv) The report to the Administrator by the owner or operator is to include a record of any 24-hour average combined reactor opening loss and emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper as determined in this paragraph, in excess of the limits prescribed in §61.64(f). The combined reactor opening loss and emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper associated with each batch are to be averaged separately for each type of resin, over each calendar day and weighted according to the quantity of each grade of resin stripped in reactors that calendar day as follows:

For each type of resin (suspension, dispersion, latex, bulk, other), the following calculation is to be performed:

Where:

A_T = 24-hour average combined reactor opening loss and emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper, in g vinyl chloride/kg (lb/ton) product (dry weight basis).

Q_T = Total production of resin in batches for which stripping is completed during the 24-hour period, in kg (ton).

T = Type of resin.

C_Gi = Average combined reactor opening loss and emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper of all batches of grade G_i resin for which stripping is completed during the 24-hour period, in g vinyl chloride/kg (lb/ton) product (dry weight basis) (determined according to procedure prescribed in § 61.67(g)(6)).

P_Gi = Production of grade G_i resin in the batches for which C is determined, in kg (ton).

G_i = Grade of resin: e.g., G₁, G₂, G₃.

n = Total number of grades of resin in batches for which stripping is completed during the 24-hour period.

The number of 24-hour average emissions determined during the reporting period shall be reported. If no 24-hour average combined reactor opening loss and emissions from all sources following the reactor used as a stripper in excess of the limits prescribed in §61.64(f) are determined, the report shall state that no excess vinyl chloride emissions were determined.

[41 FR 46564, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 50 FR 46295, Nov. 7, 1985; 51 FR 34914, Sept. 30, 1986; 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988; 53 FR 46976, Nov. 21, 1988; 65 FR 62155, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.71 Recordkeeping.

(a) The owner or operator of any source to which this subpart applies shall retain the following information at the source and make it available for inspection to the Administrator for a minimum of 3 years:

(1) A record of the leaks detected by the vinyl chloride monitoring system, as required by §61.65(b)(8), including the concentrations of vinyl chloride measured, analyzed, and recorded by the vinyl chloride detector, the location of each measurement and the date and approximate time of each measurement.

(2) A record of the leaks detected during routine monitoring with the portable hydrocarbon detector and the action taken to repair the leaks, as required by §61.65(b)(8), including a brief statement explaining the location and cause of each leak detected with the portable hydrocarbon detector, the date and time of the leak, and any action taken to eliminate that leak.

(3) A record of emissions measured in accordance with §61.68.

(4) A daily operating record for each polyvinyl chloride reactor, including pressures and temperatures.

[41 FR 46594, Oct. 21, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 29007, June 7, 1977; 51 FR 34914, Sept. 30, 1986]

§61.90 Designation of facilities.

The provisions of this subpart apply to operations at any facility owned or operated by the Department of Energy that emits any radionuclide other than radon-222 and radon-220 into the air, except that this subpart does not apply to disposal at facilities subject to 40 CFR part 191, subpart B or 40 CFR part 192.

§61.91 Definitions.

As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning given them in the Clean Air Act or 40 CFR part 61, subpart A. The following terms shall have the following specific meanings:

(a) Effective dose equivalent means the sum of the products of absorbed dose and appropriate factors to account for differences in biological effectiveness due to the quality of radiation and its distribution in the body of reference man. The unit of the effective dose equivalent is the rem. For purposes of this subpart, doses caused by radon-222 and its respective decay products formed after the radon is released from the facility are not included. The method for calculating effective dose equivalent and the definition of reference man are outlined in the International Commission on Radiological Protection's Publication No. 26.

(b) Facility means all buildings, structures and operations on one contiguous site.

(c) Radionuclide means a type of atom which spontaneously undergoes radioactive decay.

(d) Residence means any home, house, apartment building, or other place of dwelling which is occupied during any portion of the relevant year.

§61.92 Standard.

Emissions of radionuclides to the ambient air from Department of Energy facilities shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any member of the public to receive in any year an effective dose equivalent of 10 mrem/yr.

§61.93 Emission monitoring and test procedures.

(a) To determine compliance with the standard, radionuclide emissions shall be determined and effective dose equivalent values to members of the public calculated using EPA approved sampling procedures, computer models CAP-88 or AIRDOS-PC, or other procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval. DOE facilities for which the maximally exposed individual lives within 3 kilometers of all sources of emissions in the facility, may use EPA's COMPLY model and associated procedures for determining dose for purposes of compliance.

(b) Radionuclides emission rates from existing point sources (stacks or vents) shall be measured in accordance with the following requirements or with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, or other procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval:

(1) Effluent flow rate measurements shall be made using the following methods:

(i) Reference Method 2 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter shall be used to determine velocity and volumetric flow rates for stacks and large vents.

(ii) Reference Method 2A of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter shall be used to measure flow rates through pipes and small vents.

(iii) The frequency of the flow rate measurements shall depend upon the variability of the effluent flow rate. For variable flow rates, continuous or frequent flow rate measurements shall be made. For relatively constant flow rates only periodic measurements are necessary.

(2) Radionuclides shall be directly monitored or extracted, collected and measured using the following methods:

(i) Reference Method 1 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter shall be used to select monitoring or sampling sites.

(ii) The effluent stream shall be directly monitored continuously with an in-line detector or representative samples of the effluent stream shall be withdrawn continuously from the sampling site following the guidance presented in ANSIN13.1-1969 “Guide to Sampling Airborne Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities” (including the guidance presented in appendix A of ANSIN13.1) (incorporated by reference - see §61.18). The requirements for continuous sampling are applicable to batch processes when the unit is in operation. Periodic sampling (grab samples) may be used only with EPA's prior approval. Such approval may be granted in cases where continuous sampling is not practical and radionuclide emission rates are relatively constant. In such cases, grab samples shall be collected with sufficient frequency so as to provide a representative sample of the emissions.

(iii) Radionuclides shall be collected and measured using procedures based on the principles of measurement described in appendix B, Method 114. Use of methods based on principles of measurement different from those described in appendix B, Method 114 must have prior approval from the Administrator. EPA reserves the right to approve measurement procedures.

(iv) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.

(3) When it is impractical to measure the effluent flow rate at an existing source in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section or to monitor or sample an effluent stream at an existing source in accordance with the site selection and sample extraction requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator may use alternative effluent flow rate measurement procedures or site selection and sample extraction procedures provided that:

(i) It can be shown that the requirements of paragraph (b) (1) or (2) of this section are impractical for the effluent stream.

(ii) The alternative procedure will not significantly underestimate the emissions.

(iii) The alternative procedure is fully documented.

(iv) The owner or operator has received prior approval from EPA.

(4)(i) Radionuclide emission measurements in conformance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section shall be made at all release points which have a potential to discharge radionuclides into the air in quantities which could cause an effective dose equivalent in excess of 1% of the standard. All radionuclides which could contribute greater than 10% of the potential effective dose equivalent for a release point shall be measured. With prior EPA approval, DOE may determine these emissions through alternative procedures. For other release points which have a potential to release radionuclides into the air, periodic confirmatory measurements shall be made to verify the low emissions.

(ii) To determine whether a release point is subject to the emission measurement requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, it is necessary to evaluate the potential for radionuclide emissions for that release point. In evaluating the potential of a release point to discharge radionuclides into the air for the purposes of this section, the estimated radionuclide release rates shall be based on the discharge of the effluent stream that would result if all pollution control equipment did not exist, but the facilities operations were otherwise normal.

(5) Environmental measurements of radionuclide air concentrations at critical receptor locations may be used as an alternative to air dispersion calculations in demonstrating compliance with the standard if the owner or operator meets the following criteria:

(i) The air at the point of measurement shall be continuously sampled for collection of radionuclides.

(ii) Those radionuclides released from the facility, which are the major contributors to the effective dose equivalent must be collected and measured as part of the environmental measurement program.

(iii) Radionuclide concentrations which would cause an effective dose equivalent of 10% of the standard shall be readily detectable and distinguishable from background.

(iv) Net measured radionuclide concentrations shall be compared to the concentration levels in Table 2 of appendix E to determine compliance with the standard. In the case of multiple radionuclides being released from a facility, compliance shall be demonstrated if the value for all radionuclides is less than the concentration level in Table 2, and the sum of the fractions that result when each measured concentration value is divided by the value in Table 2 for each radionuclide is less than 1.

(v) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.

(vi) Use of environmental measurements to demonstrate compliance with the standard is subject to prior approval of EPA. Applications for approval shall include a detailed description of the sampling and analytical methodology and show how the above criteria will be met.

(c) Radionuclide emission rates from new point sources (stacks or vents) as defined in subpart A shall be measured in accordance with the following requirements, or other procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval:

(1) Effluent flow rate measurements shall be made using the following methods:

(i) ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999 “Sampling and Monitoring Releases of Airborne Radioactive Substances from the Stacks and Ducts of Nuclear Facilities' (incorporated by reference - see §61.18) shall be used to determine velocity and volumetric flow rates for stacks and large vents.

(ii) ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999 shall be used to measure flow rates through pipes and small vents.

(iii) The frequency of the flow rate measurements shall depend upon variability of the effluent flow rate. For variable flow rates, continuous or frequent flow rate measurements shall be made. For relatively constant flow rates only periodic measurements are necessary.

(2) Radionuclide shall be directly monitored or extracted, collected and measured using the following methods:

(i) ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999 shall be used to select monitoring or sampling sites.

(ii) The effluent stream shall be directly monitored continuously with an in-line detector or representative samples of the effluent stream shall be withdrawn continuously from the sampling site following the guidance presented in ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999. The requirements for continuous sampling are applicable to batch processes when the unit is in operation. Periodic sampling (grab samples) may be used only with EPA's prior approval. Such approval may be granted in cases where continuous sampling is not practical and radionuclide emission rates are relatively constant. In such cases, grab samples shall be collected with sufficient frequency so as to provide a representative sample of the emissions.

(iii) Radionuclides shall be collected and measured using procedures based on the principles of measurement described in appendix B, Method 114 of this part. Use of methods based on principles of measurement different from those described in appendix B, Method 114 of this part must have prior approval from the Administrator. EPA reserves the right to approve measurement procedures.

(iv) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999.

(d) When it is impractical to measure the effluent flow rate at a source in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or (c) of this section or to monitor or sample an effluent stream at a source in accordance with the site selection and sample extraction requirements of paragraph (b)(2) or (c) of this section, the facility owner or operator may use alternative effluent flow rate measurement procedures or site selection and sample extraction procedures provided that:

(1) It can be shown that the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or (2) or (c) of this section are impractical for the effluent stream.

(2) The alternative procedure will not significantly underestimate the emissions.

(3) The alternative procedure is fully documented.

(4) The owner or operator has received prior approval from EPA.

(e) Radionuclide emission measurements in conformance with the requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section shall be made at all release points that have a potential to discharge radionuclides into the air in quantities that could cause an effective dose equivalent in excess of 1% of the standard. All radionuclides that could contribute greater than 10% of the potential effective dose equivalent for a release point shall be measured. With prior EPA approval, DOE may determine these emissions through alternative procedures. For other release points that have a potential to release radionuclides into the air, periodic confirmatory measurements shall be made to verify the low emissions.

(f) To determine whether a release point is subject to the emission measurement requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, it is necessary to evaluate the potential for radionuclide emissions for that release point. In evaluating the potential of a release point to discharge radionuclides into the air for the purposes of this section, the estimated radionuclide release rates shall be based on the discharge of the effluent stream that would result if all pollution control equipment did not exist, but the facilities operations were otherwise normal.

(g) Environmental measurements of radionuclide air concentrations at critical receptor locations may be used as an alternative to air dispersion calculations in demonstrating compliance with the standard if the owner or operator meets the following criteria:

(1) The air at the point of measurement shall be continuously sampled for collection of radionuclides.

(2) Those radionuclides released from the facility that are the major contributors to the effective dose equivalent must be collected and measured as part of the environmental measurement program.

(3) Radionuclide concentrations that would cause an effective dose equivalent of 10% of the standard shall be readily detectable and distinguishable from background.

(4) Net measured radionuclide concentrations shall be compared to the concentration levels in Table 2 appendix E of this part to determine compliance with the standard. In the case of multiple radionuclides being released from a facility, compliance shall be demonstrated if the value for all radionuclides is less than the concentration level in Table 2 of appendix E of this part, and the sum of the fractions that result when each measured concentration value is divided by the value in Table 2 of appendix E of this part for each radionuclide is less than 1.

(5) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114 of this part.

(6) Use of environmental measurements to demonstrate compliance with the standard is subject to prior approval of EPA. Applications for approval shall include a detailed description of the sampling and analytical methodology and show how the above criteria will be met.

[54 FR 51695, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000; 67 FR 57166, Sept. 9, 2002]

§61.94 Compliance and reporting.

(a) Compliance with this standard shall be determined by calculating the highest effective dose equivalent to any member of the public at any offsite point where there is a residence, school, business or office. The owners or operators of each facility shall submit an annual report to both EPA headquarters and the appropriate regional office by June 30 which includes the results of the monitoring as recorded in DOE's Effluent Information System and the dose calculations required by §61.93(a) for the previous calendar year.

(b) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, an annual report shall include the following information:

(1) The name and location of the facility.

(2) A list of the radioactive materials used at the facility.

(3) A description of the handling and processing that the radioactive materials undergo at the facility.

(4) A list of the stacks or vents or other points where radioactive materials are released to the atmosphere.

(5) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each stack, vent, or other release point and an estimate of the efficiency of each control device.

(6) Distances from the points of release to the nearest residence, school, business or office and the nearest farms producing vegetables, milk, and meat.

(7) The values used for all other user-supplied input parameters for the computer models (e.g., meteorological data) and the source of these data.

(8) A brief description of all construction and modifications which were completed in the calendar year for which the report is prepared, but for which the requirement to apply for approval to construct or modify was waived under §61.96 and associated documentation developed by DOE to support the waiver. EPA reserves the right to require that DOE send to EPA all the information that normally would be required in an application to construct or modify, following receipt of the description and supporting documentation.

(9) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer or public official in charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately above the signature line: “I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted herein and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.”

(c) If the facility is not in compliance with the emission limits of §61.92 in the calendar year covered by the report, then the facility must commence reporting to the Administrator on a monthly basis the information listed in paragraph (b) of this section, for the preceding month. These reports will start the month immediately following the submittal of the annual report for the year in noncompliance and will be due 30 days following the end of each month. This increased level of reporting will continue until the Administrator has determined that the monthly reports are no longer necessary. In addition to all the information required in paragraph (b) of this section, monthly reports shall also include the following information:

(1) All controls or other changes in operation of the facility that will be or are being installed to bring the facility into compliance.

(2) If the facility is under a judicial or administrative enforcement decree, the report will describe the facilities performance under the terms of the decree.

(d) In those instances where the information requested is classified, such information will be made available to EPA separate from the report and will be handled and controlled according to applicable security and classification regulations and requirements.

§61.95 Recordkeeping requirements.

All facilities must maintain records documenting the source of input parameters including the results of all measurements upon which they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods used to derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used to determine effective dose equivalent. This documentation should be sufficient to allow an independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the determination made concerning the facility's compliance with the standard. These records must be kept at the site of the facility for at least five years and, upon request, be made available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative.

§61.96 Applications to construct or modify.

(a) In addition to any activity that is defined as construction under 40 CFR part 61, subpart A, any fabrication, erection or installation of a new building or structure within a facility that emits radionuclides is also defined as new construction for purposes of 40 CFR part 61, subpart A.

(b) An application for approval under §61.07 or notification of startup under §61.09 does not need to be filed for any new construction of or modification within an existing facility if the effective dose equivalent, caused by all emissions from the new construction or modification, is less than 1% of the standard prescribed in §61.92. For purposes of this paragraph the effective dose equivalent shall be calculated using the source term derived using appendix D as input to the dispersion and other computer models described in §61.93. DOE may, with prior approval from EPA, use another procedure for estimating the source term for use in this paragraph. A facility is eligible for this exemption only if, based on its last annual report, the facility is in compliance with this subpart.

(c) Conditions to approvals granted under §61.08 will not contain requirements for post approval reporting on operating conditions beyond those specified in §61.94.

§61.97 Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

§61.100 Applicability.

The provisions of this subpart apply to facilities owned or operated by any Federal agency other than the Department of Energy and not licensed by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, except that this subpart does not apply to disposal at facilities regulated under 40 CFR part 191, subpart B, or to any uranium mill tailings pile after it has been disposed of under 40 CFR part 192, or to low energy accelerators.

[61 FR 68981, Dec. 30, 1996]

§61.101 Definitions.

As used in this subpart, all terms not defined here have the meaning given them in the Clean Air Act or subpart A of part 61. The following terms shall have the following specific meanings:

(a) Effective dose equivalent means the sum of the products of absorbed dose and appropriate factors to account for differences in biological effectiveness due to the quality of radiation and its distribution in the body of reference man. The unit of the effective dose equivalent is the rem. For purposes of this subpart doses caused by radon-222 and its decay products formed after the radon is released from the facility are not included. The method for calculating effective dose equivalent and the definition of reference man are outlined in the International Commission on Radiological Protection's Publication No. 26.

(b) Facility means all buildings, structures and operations on one contiguous site.

(c) Federal facility means any facility owned or operated by any department, commission, agency, office, bureau or other unit of the government of the United States of America except for facilities owned or operated by the Department of Energy.

(d) Radionuclide means a type of atom which spontaneously undergoes radioactive decay.

[54 FR 51697, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 68981, Dec. 30, 1996]

§61.102 Standard.

(a) Emissions of radionuclides, including iodine, to the ambient air from a facility regulated under this subpart shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any member of the public to receive in any year an effective dose equivalent of 10 mrem/yr.

(b) Emissions of iodine to the ambient air from a facility regulated under this subpart shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any member of the public to receive in any year an effective dose equivalent of 3 mrem/yr.

§61.103 Determining compliance.

(a) Compliance with the emission standard in this subpart shall be determined through the use of either the EPA computer code COMPLY or the alternative requirements of appendix E. Facilities emitting radionuclides not listed in COMPLY or appendix E shall contact EPA to receive the information needed to determine dose. The source terms to be used for input into COMPLY shall be determined through the use of the measurement procedures listed in §61.107 or the emission factors in appendix D or through alternative procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval; or,

(b) Facilities may demonstrate compliance with the emission standard in this subpart through the use of computer models that are equivalent to COMPLY, provided that the model has received prior approval from EPA headquarters. Any facility using a model other than COMPLY must file an annual report. EPA may approve an alternative model in whole or in part and may limit its use to specific circumstances.

§61.104 Reporting requirements.

(a) The owner or operator of a facility subject to this subpart must submit an annual report to the EPA covering the emissions of a calendar year by March 31 of the following year.

(1) The report or application for approval to construct or modify as required by 40 CFR part 61, subpart A and §61.106, must provide the following information:

(i) The name of the facility.

(ii) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different).

(iii) The location of the facility, including suite and/or building number, street, city, county, state, and zip code.

(iv) The mailing address of the facility, if different from item (iii).

(v) A list of the radioactive materials used at the facility.

(vi) A description of the handling and processing that the radioactive materials undergo at the facility.

(vii) A list of the stacks or vents or other points where radioactive materials are released to the atmosphere.

(viii) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each stack, vent, or other release point and an estimate of the efficiency of each device.

(ix) Distances from the point of release to the nearest residence, school, business or office and the nearest farms producing vegetables, milk, and meat.

(x) The effective dose equivalent calculated using the compliance procedures in §61.103.

(xi) The physical form and quantity of each radionuclide emitted from each stack, vent or other release point, and the method(s) by which these quantities were determined.

(xii) The volumetric flow, diameter, effluent temperature, and release height for each stack, vent or other release point where radioactive materials are emitted, the method(s) by which these were determined.

(xiii) The height and width of each building from which radionuclides are emitted.

(xiv) The values used for all other user-supplied input parameters (e.g., meteorological data) and the source of these data.

(xv) A brief description of all construction and modifications which were completed in the calendar year for which the report is prepared, but for which the requirement to apply for approval to construct or modify was waived under §61.106, and associated documentation developed by the licensee to support the waiver. EPA reserves the right to require that the licensee send to EPA all the information that normally would be required in an application to construct or modify, following receipt of the description and supporting documentation.

(xvi) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer or public official in charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately above the signature line: “I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted herein and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.”

(b) Facilities emitting radionuclides in an amount that would cause less than 10% of the dose standard in §61.102, as determined by the compliance procedures from §61.103(a), are exempt from the reporting requirements of §61.104(a). Facilities shall annually make a new determination whether they are exempt from reporting.

(c) If the facility is not in compliance with the emission limits of §61.102 in the calendar year covered by the report, the facility must report to the Administrator on a monthly basis the information listed in paragraph (a) of this section, for the preceding month. These reports will start the month immediately following the submittal of the annual report for the year in noncompliance and will be due 30 days following the end of each month. This increased level of reporting will continue until the Administrator has determined that the monthly reports are no longer necessary. In addition to all the information required in paragraph (a) of this section, monthly reports shall also include the following information:

(1) All controls or other changes in operation of the facility that will be or are being installed to bring the facility into compliance.

(2) If the facility is under a judicial or administrative enforcement decree the report will describe the facilities performance under the terms of the decree.

(d) The first report will cover the emissions of calendar year 1990.

§61.105 Recordkeeping requirements.

The owner or operator of any facility must maintain records documenting the source of input parameters including the results of all measurements upon which they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods used to derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used to determine compliance. This documentation should be sufficient to allow an independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the determination made concerning the facility's compliance with the standard, and, if claimed, qualification for exemption from reporting. These records must be kept at the site of the facility for at least five years and upon request be made available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative.

§61.106 Applications to construct or modify.

(a) In addition to any activity that is defined as construction under 40 CFR part 61, subpart A, any fabrication, erection or installation of a new building or structure within a facility is also defined as new construction for purposes of 40 CFR part 61, subpart A.

(b) An application under §61.07 does not need to be filed for any new construction of or modification within an existing facility if one of the following conditions is met:

(1) The effective dose equivalent calculated by using methods described in §61.103, that is caused by all emissions from the facility including those potentially emitted by the proposed new construction or modification, is less than 10% of the standard prescribed in §61.102.

(2) The effective dose equivalent calculated by using methods described in §61.103, that is caused by all emissions from the new construction or modification, is less than 1% of the limit prescribed in §61.102. A facility is eligible for this exemption only if the facility, based on its last annual report, is in compliance with this subpart.

§61.107 Emission determination.

(a) Facility owners or operators may, in lieu of monitoring, estimate radionuclide emissions in accordance with appendix D, or other procedure for which EPA has granted prior approval.

(b) Radionuclide emission rates from existing point sources (stacks or vents) shall be measured in accordance with the following requirements or within the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, or other procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval:

(1) Effluent flow rate measurements shall be made using the following methods:

(i) Reference Method 2 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter shall be used to determine velocity and volumetric flow rates for stacks and large vents.

(ii) Reference Method 2A of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter shall be used to measure flow rates through pipes and small vents.

(iii) The frequency of the flow rate measurements shall depend upon the variability of the effluent flow rate. For variable flow rates, continuous or frequent flow rate measurements shall be made. For relatively constant flow rates only periodic measurements are necessary.

(2) Radionuclides shall be directly monitored or extracted, collected, and measured using the following methods:

(i) Reference Method 1 of appendix A part 60 of this chapter shall be used to select monitoring or sampling sites.

(ii) The effluent stream shall be directly monitored continuously using an in-line detector or representative samples of the effluent stream shall be withdrawn continuously from the sampling site following the guidance presented in ANSIN13.1-1969 “Guide to Sampling Airborne Radioactive Materials in Nuclear Facilities” (including the guidance presented in appendix A of ANSIN13.1) (incorporated by reference - see §61.18). The requirements for continuous sampling are applicable to batch processes when the unit is in operation. Periodic sampling (grab samples) may be used only with EPA's prior approval. Such approval may be granted in cases where continuous sampling is not practical and radionuclide emission rates are relatively constant. In such cases, grab samples shall be collected with sufficient frequency so as to provide a representative sample of the emissions.

(iii) Radionuclides shall be collected and measured using procedures based on the principles of measurement described in appendix B, Method 114. Use of methods based on principles of measurement different from those described in appendix B, Method 114 must have prior approval from the Administrator. EPA reserves the right to approve alternative measurement procedures in whole or in part.

(iv) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.

(3) When it is impractical to measure the effluent flow rate at an existing source in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section or to monitor or sample an effluent stream at an existing source in accordance with the site selection and sample extraction requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator may use alternative effluent flow rate measurement procedures or site selection and sample extraction procedures provided that:

(i) It can be shown that the requirements of paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section are impractical for the effluent stream.

(ii) The alternative procedure will not significantly underestimate the emissions.

(iii) The alternative procedure is fully documented.

(iv) The owner or operator has received prior approval from EPA.

(4)(i) Radionuclide emission measurements in conformance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section shall be made at all release points which have a potential to discharge radionuclides into the air in quantities which could cause an effective dose equivalent in excess of 1% of the standard. All radionuclides which could contribute greater than 10% of the potential effective dose equivalent for a release point shall be measured. For other release points which have a potential to release radionuclides into the air, periodic confirmatory measurements should be made to verify the low emissions.

(ii) To determine whether a release point is subject to the emission measurement requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, it is necessary to evaluate the potential for radionuclide emissions for that release point. In evaluating the potential of a release point to discharge radionuclides into the air, the estimated radionuclide release rates shall be based on the discharge of the uncontrolled effluent stream into the air.

(5) Environmental measurements of radionuclide air concentrations at critical receptor locations may be used as an alternative to air dispersion calculations in demonstrating compliance with the standards if the owner or operator meets the following criteria:

(i) The air at the point of measurement shall be continuously sampled for collection of radionuclides.

(ii) Those radionuclides released from the facility, which are the major contributors to the effective dose equivalent must be collected and measured as part of the environmental measurements program.

(iii) Radionuclide concentrations which would cause an effective dose equivalent greater than or equal to 10% of the standard shall be readily detectable and distinguishable from background.

(iv) Net measured radionuclide concentrations shall be compared to the concentration levels in Table 2 of appendix E to determine compliance with the standard. In the case of multiple radionuclides being released from a facility, compliance shall be demonstrated if the value for all radionuclides is less than the concentration level in Table 2 and the sum of the fractions that result when each measured concentration value is divided by the value in Table 2 for each radionuclide is less than 1.

(v) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114.

(vi) Use of environmental measurements to demonstrate compliance with the standard is subject to prior approval of EPA. Applications for approval shall include a detailed description of the sampling and analytical methodology and show how the above criteria will be met.

(c) The following facilities may use either the methodologies and quality assurance programs described in paragraph (b) of this section or may use the following:

(1) [Reserved]

(2) Uranium mills may determine their emissions in conformance with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Regulatory Guide 4.14 dated April 1980. In addition, they may conduct a quality assurance program as described in the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Regulatory Guide 4.15 dated February 1979.

(d) Radionuclide emission rates from new point sources (stacks or vents) as defined in subpart A shall be measured in accordance with the following requirements, or other procedures for which EPA has granted prior approval:

(1) Effluent flow rate measurements shall be made using the following methods:

(i) ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999 “Sampling and Monitoring Releases of Airborne Radioactive Substances from the Stacks and Ducts of Nuclear Facilities” (incorporated by reference - see §61.18) shall be used to determine velocity and volumetric flow rates for stacks and large vents.

(ii) ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999 shall be used to measure flow rates through pipes and small vents.

(iii) The frequency of the flow rate measurements shall depend upon variability of the effluent flow rate. For variable flow rates, continuous or frequent flow rate measurements shall be made. For relatively constant flow rates only periodic measurements are necessary.

(2) Radionuclide shall be directly monitored or extracted, collected and measured using the following methods:

(i) ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999 shall be used to select monitoring or sampling sites.

(ii) The effluent stream shall be directly monitored continuously with an in-line detector or representative samples of the effluent stream shall be withdrawn continuously from the sampling site following the guidance presented in ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999. The requirements for continuous sampling are applicable to batch processes when the unit is in operation. Periodic sampling (grab samples) may be used only with EPA's prior approval. Such approval may be granted in cases where continuous sampling is not practical and radionuclide emission rates are relatively constant. In such cases, grab samples shall be collected with sufficient frequency so as to provide a representative sample of the emissions.

(iii) Radionuclides shall be collected and measured using procedures based on the principles of measurement described in appendix B, Method 114 of this part. Use of methods based on principles of measurement different from those described in appendix B, Method 114 of this part must have prior approval from the Administrator. EPA reserves the right to approve measurement procedures.

(iv) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in ANSI/HPS N13.1-1999.

(e) When it is impractical to measure the effluent flow rate at a source in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or (d) of this section or to monitor or sample an effluent stream at a source in accordance with the site selection and sample extraction requirements of paragraph (b)(2) or (d) of this section, the facility owner or operator may use alternative effluent flow rate measurement procedures or site selection and sample extraction procedures provided that:

(1) It can be shown that the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or (2) or (d) of this section are impractical for the effluent stream.

(2) The alternative procedure will not significantly underestimate the emissions.

(3) The alternative procedure is fully documented.

(4) The owner or operator has received prior approval from EPA.

(f) Radionuclide emission measurements in conformance with the requirements of paragraph (b) or (d) of this section shall be made at all release points that have a potential to discharge radionuclides into the air in quantities that could cause an effective dose equivalent in excess of 1% of the standard. All radionuclides that could contribute greater than 10% of the potential effective dose equivalent for a release point shall be measured. With prior EPA approval, DOE may determine these emissions through alternative procedures. For other release points that have a potential to release radionuclides into the air, periodic confirmatory measurements shall be made to verify the low emissions.

(g) To determine whether a release point is subject to the emission measurement requirements of paragraph (b) or (d) of this section, it is necessary to evaluate the potential for radionuclide emissions for that release point. In evaluating the potential of a release point to discharge radionuclides into the air for the purposes of this section, the estimated radionuclide release rates shall be based on the discharge of the effluent stream that would result if all pollution control equipment did not exist, but the facilities operations were otherwise normal.

(h) Environmental measurements of radionuclide air concentrations at critical receptor locations may be used as an alternative to air dispersion calculations in demonstrating compliance with the standard if the owner or operator meets the following criteria:

(1) The air at the point of measurement shall be continuously sampled for collection of radionuclides.

(2) Those radionuclides released from the facility that are the major contributors to the effective dose equivalent must be collected and measured as part of the environmental measurement program.

(3) Radionuclide concentrations that would cause an effective dose equivalent of 10% of the standard shall be readily detectable and distinguishable from background.

(4) Net measured radionuclide concentrations shall be compared to the concentration levels in Table 2 of appendix E of this part to determine compliance with the standard. In the case of multiple radionuclides being released from a facility, compliance shall be demonstrated if the value for all radionuclides is less than the concentration level in Table 2 of appendix E of this part, and the sum of the fractions that result when each measured concentration value is divided by the value in Table 2 of appendix E of this part for each radionuclide is less than 1.

(5) A quality assurance program shall be conducted that meets the performance requirements described in appendix B, Method 114 of this part.

(6) Use of environmental measurements to demonstrate compliance with the standard is subject to prior approval of EPA. Applications for approval shall include a detailed description of the sampling and analytical methodology and show how the above criteria will be met.

[54 FR 51697, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 46212, Sept. 5, 1995; 61 FR 68981, Dec. 30, 1996; 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000; 67 FR 57167, Sept. 9, 2002]

§61.108 Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

§61.110 Applicability and designation of sources.

(a) The provisions of this subpart apply to each of the following sources that are intended to operate in benzene service: pumps, compressors, pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, surge control vessels, bottoms receivers, and control devices or systems required by this subpart.

(b) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to sources located in coke by-product plants.

(c)(1) If an owner or operator applies for one of the exemptions in this paragraph, then the owner or operator shall maintain records as required in §61.246(i).

(2) Any equipment in benzene service that is located at a plant site designed to produce or use less than 1,000 megagrams (1,102 tons) of benzene per year is exempt from the requirements of §61.112.

(3) Any process unit (defined in §61.241) that has no equipment in benzene service is exempt from the requirements of §61.112.

(d) While the provisions of this subpart are effective, a source to which this subpart applies that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 only will be required to comply with the provisions of this subpart.

[49 FR 23513, June 6, 1984, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000; 65 FR 78280, Dec. 14, 2000]

§61.111 Definitions.

As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given them in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, or in subpart V of part 61, and the following terms shall have the specific meanings given them:

In benzene service means that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a fluid (Liquid or gas) that is at least 10 percent benzene by weight as determined according to the provisions of §61.245(d). The provisions of §61.245(d) also specify how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in benzene service.

Semiannual means a 6-month period; the first semiannual period concludes on the last day of the last month during the 180 days following initial startup for new sources; and the first semiannual period concludes on the last day of the last full month during the 180 days after June 6, 1984 for existing sources.

§61.112 Standards.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with the requirements of subpart V of this part.

(b) An owner or operator may elect to comply with the requirements of §§61.243-1 and 61.243-2.

(c) An owner or operator may apply to the Administrator for a determination of an alternative means of emission limitation that achieves a reduction in emissions of benzene at least equivalent to the reduction in emissions of benzene achieved by the controls required in this subpart. In doing so, the owner or operator shall comply with requirements of §61.244.

§61.120 Applicability.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to owners or operators of calciners and nodulizing kilns at elemental phosphorus plants.

§61.121 Definitions.

(a) Elemental phosphorus plant or plant means any facility that processes phosphate rock to produce elemental phosphorus. A plant includes all buildings, structures, operations, calciners and nodulizing kilns on one contiguous site.

(b) Calciner or Nodulizing kiln means a unit in which phosphate rock is heated to high temperatures to remove organic material and/or to convert it to a nodular form. For the purpose of this subpart, calciners and nodulizing kilns are considered to be similar units.

§61.122 Emission standard.

Emissions of polonium-210 to the ambient air from all calciners and nodulizing kilns at an elemental phosphorus plant shall not exceed a total of 2 curies a year; except that compliance with this standard may be conclusively shown if the elemental phosphorus plant:

(a) Installs a Hydro-Sonic ® Tandem Nozzle Fixed Throat Free-Jet Scrubber System including four scrubber units,

(b) All four scrubber units are operated continuously with a minimum average over any 6-hour period of 40 inches (water column) of pressure drop across each scrubber during calcining of phosphate shale,

(c) The system is used to scrub emissions from all calciners and/or nodulizing kilns at the plant, and

(d) Total emissions of polonium-210 from the plant do not exceed 4.5 curies per year.

Alternative operating conditions, which can be shown to achieve an overall removal efficiency for emissions of polonium-210 which is equal to or greater than the efficiency which would be achieved under the operating conditions described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, may be used with prior approval of the Administrator. A facility shall apply for such approval in writing, and the Administrator shall act upon the request within 30 days after receipt of a complete and technically sufficient application.

[56 FR 65943, Dec. 19, 1991]

§61.123 Emission testing.

(a) Each owner or operator of an elemental phosphorus plant shall test emissions from the plant within 90 days of the effective date of this standard and annually thereafter. The Administrator may temporarily or permanently waive the annual testing requirement or increase the frequency of testing, if the Administrator determines that more testing is required.

(b) The Administrator shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an emission test so that EPA may, at its option, observe the test.

(c) An emission test shall be conducted at each operational calciner or nodulizing kiln. If emissions from a calciner or nodulizing kiln are discharged through more than one stack, then an emission test shall be conducted at each stack and the total emission rate from the calciner or kiln shall be the sum of the emission rates from each of the stacks.

(d) Each emission test shall consist of three sampling runs that meet the requirements of §61.125. The phosphate rock processing rate during each run shall be recorded. An emission rate in curies per Mg or curies per ton of phosphate rock processed shall be calculated for each run. The average of all three runs shall apply in computing the emission rate for the test. The annual polonium-210 emission rate from a calciner or nodulizing kiln shall be determined by multiplying the measured polonium-210 emission rate in curies per Mg or curies per ton of phosphate rock processed by the annual phosphate rock processing rate in Mg (tons). In determining the annual phosphate rock processing rate, the values used for operating hours and operating capacity shall be values that will maximize the expected processing rate. For determining compliance with the emission standard of §61.122, the total annual emission rate is the sum of the annual emission rates for all operating calciners and nodulizing kilns.

(e) If the owner or operator changes his operation in such a way as to increase his emissions of polonium-210, such as changing the type of rock processed, the temperature of the calciners or kilns, or increasing the annual phosphate rock processing rate, then a new emission test, meeting the requirements of this section, shall be conducted within 45 days under these conditions.

(f) Each owner or operator of an elemental phosphorus plant shall furnish the Administrator with a written report of the results of the emission test within 60 days of conducting the test. The report must provide the following information:

(1) The name and location of the facility.

(2) The name of the person responsible for the operation of the facility and the name of the person preparing the report (if different).

(3) A description of the effluent controls that are used on each stack, vent, or other release point and an estimate of the efficiency of each device.

(4) The results of the testing, including the results of each sampling run completed.

(5) The values used in calculating the emissions and the source of these data.

(6) Each report shall be signed and dated by a corporate officer in charge of the facility and contain the following declaration immediately above the signature line: “I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted herein and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. See, 18 U.S.C. 1001.”

[54 FR 51699, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.124 Recordkeeping requirements.

The owner or operator of any plant must maintain records documenting the source of input parameters including the results of all measurements upon which they are based, the calculations and/or analytical methods used to derive values for input parameters, and the procedure used in emission testing. This documentation should be sufficient to allow an independent auditor to verify the accuracy of the results of the emission testing. These records must be kept at the site of the plant for at least five years and, upon request, be made available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative.

§61.125 Test methods and procedures.

(a) Each owner or operator of a source required to test emissions under §61.123, unless an equivalent or alternate method has been approved by the Administrator, shall use the following test methods:

(1) Method 1 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to determine sample and velocity traverses;

(2) Method 2 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to determine velocity and volumetric flow rate;

(3) Method 3 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used for gas analysis;

(4) Method 5 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 shall be used to collect particulate matter containing the polonium-210; and

(5) Method 111 of appendix B to 40 CFR part 61 shall be used to determine the polonium-210 emissions.

[54 FR 51699, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62156, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.126 Monitoring of operations.

(a) The owner or operator of any source subject to this subpart using a wet-scrubbing emission control device shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device for the continuous measurement and recording of the pressure drop of the gas stream across each scrubber. The monitoring device must be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within ±250 pascal (±1 inch of water). The owner or operator of any source subject to this subpart using a wet-scrubbing emission control device shall also install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device for the continuous measurement and recording of the scrubber fluid flow rate. These continuous measurement recordings shall be maintained at the source and made available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative, for a minimum of 5 years.

(b) The owner or operator of any source subject to this subpart using an electrostatic precipitator control device shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device for the continuous measurement and recording of the primary and secondary current and the voltage in each electric field. These continuous measurement recordings shall be maintained at the source and made available for inspection by the Administrator, or his authorized representative, for a minimum of 5 years.

[56 FR 65943, Dec. 19, 1991]

§61.127 Exemption from the reporting and testing requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

All facilities designated under this subpart are exempt from the reporting requirements of 40 CFR 61.10.

§61.130 Applicability, designation of sources, and delegation of authority.

(a) The provisions of this subpart apply to each of the following sources at furnace and foundry coke by-product recovery plants: tar decanters, tar storage tanks, tar-intercepting sumps, flushing-liquor circulation tanks, light-oil sumps, light-oil condensers, light-oil decanters, wash-oil decanters, wash-oil circulation tanks, naphthalene processing, final coolers, final-cooler cooling towers, and the following equipment that are intended to operate in benzene service: pumps, valves, exhausters, pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, flanges or other connectors, and control devices or systems required by §61.135.

(b) The provisions of this subpart also apply to benzene storage tanks, BTX storage tanks, light-oil storage tanks, and excess ammonia-liquor storage tanks at furnace coke by-product recovery plants.

(c) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a State under section 112 of the Act, the authorities contained in paragraph (d) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and not transferred to a State.

(d) Authorities that will not be delegated to States: §61.136(d).

[54 FR 51699, Dec. 15, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 47406, Sept. 19, 1991]

§61.131 Definitions.

As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given them in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, and in subpart V of part 61. The following terms shall have the specific meanings given them:

Annual coke production means the coke produced in the batteries connected to the coke by-product recovery plant over a 12-month period. The first 12-month period concludes on the first December 31 that comes at least 12 months after the effective date or after the date of initial startup if initial startup is after the effective date.

Benzene storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or container used to collect or store refined benzene.

BTX storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or container used to collect or store benzene-toluene-xylene or other light-oil fractions.

Car seal means a seal that is placed on the device used to change the position of a valve (e.g., from open to closed) such that the position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking the seal and requiring the replacement of the old seal, once broken, with a new seal.

Coke by-product recovery plant means any plant designed and operated for the separation and recovery of coal tar derivatives (by-products) evolved from coal during the coking process of a coke oven battery.

Equipment means each pump, valve, exhauster, pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, and flange or other connector in benzene service.

Excess ammonia-liquor storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or container used to collect or store a flushing liquor solution prior to ammonia or phenol recovery.

Exhauster means a fan located between the inlet gas flange and outlet gas flange of the coke oven gas line that provides motive power for coke oven gases.

Foundry coke means coke that is produced from raw materials with less than 26 percent volatile material by weight and that is subject to a coking period of 24 hours or more. Percent volatile material of the raw materials (by weight) is the weighted average percent volatile material of all raw materials (by weight) charged to the coke oven per coking cycle.

Foundry coke by-product recovery plant means a coke by-product recovery plant connected to coke batteries whose annual coke production is at least 75 percent foundry coke.

Flushing-liquor circulation tank means any vessel that functions to store or contain flushing liquor that is separated from the tar in the tar decanter and is recirculated as the cooled liquor to the gas collection system.

Furnace coke means coke produced in by-product ovens that is not foundry coke.

Furnace coke by-product recovery plant means a coke by-product recovery plant that is not a foundry coke by-product recovery plant.

In benzene service means a piece of equipment, other than an exhauster, that either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or gas) that is at least 10 percent benzene by weight or any exhauster that either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid or gas) at least 1 percent benzene by weight as determined by the provisions of §61.137(b). The provisions of §61.137(b) also specify how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in benzene service.

Light-oil condenser means any unit in the light-oil recovery operation that functions to condense benzene-containing vapors.

Light-oil decanter means any vessel, tank, or other type of device in the light-oil recovery operation that functions to separate light oil from water downstream of the light-oil condenser. A light-oil decanter also may be known as a light-oil separator.

Light-oil storage tank means any tank, reservoir, or container used to collect or store crude or refined light-oil.

Light-oil sump means any tank, pit, enclosure, or slop tank in light-oil recovery operations that functions as a wastewater separation device for hydrocarbon liquids on the surface of the water.

Naphthalene processing means any operations required to recover naphthalene including the separation, refining, and drying of crude or refined naphthalene.

Non-regenerative carbon adsorber means a series, over time, of non-regenerative carbon beds applied to a single source or group of sources, where non-regenerative carbon beds are carbon beds that are either never regenerated or are moved from their location for regeneration.

Process vessel means each tar decanter, flushing-liquor circulation tank, light-oil condenser, light-oil decanter, wash-oil decanter, or wash-oil circulation tank.

Regenerative carbon adsorber means a carbon adsorber applied to a single source or group of sources, in which the carbon beds are regenerated without being moved from their location.

Semiannual means a 6-month period; the first semiannual period concludes on the last day of the last full month during the 180 days following initial startup for new sources; the first semiannual period concludes on the last day of the last full month during the 180 days after the effective date of the regulation for existing sources.

Tar decanter means any vessel, tank, or container that functions to separate heavy tar and sludge from flushing liquor by means of gravity, heat, or chemical emulsion breakers. A tar decanter also may be known as a flushing-liquor decanter.

Tar storage tank means any vessel, tank, reservoir, or other type of container used to collect or store crude tar or tar-entrained naphthalene, except for tar products obtained by distillation, such as coal tar pitch, creosotes, or carbolic oil. This definition also includes any vessel, tank, reservoir, or container used to reduce the water content of the tar by means of heat, residence time, chemical emulsion breakers, or centrifugal separation. A tar storage tank also may be known as a tar-dewatering tank.

Tar-intercepting sump means any tank, pit, or enclosure that serves to receive or separate tars and aqueous condensate discharged from the primary cooler. A tar-intercepting sump also may be known as a primary-cooler decanter.

Vapor incinerator means any enclosed combustion device that is used for destroying organic compounds and does not necessarily extract energy in the form of steam or process heat.

Wash-oil circulation tank means any vessel that functions to hold the wash oil used in light-oil recovery operations or the wash oil used in the wash-oil final cooler.

Wash-oil decanter means any vessel that functions to separate, by gravity, the condensed water from the wash oil received from a wash-oil final cooler or from a light-oil scrubber.

[54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 47406, Sept. 19, 1991]

§61.132 Standard: Process vessels, storage tanks, and tar-intercepting sumps.

(a)(1) Each owner or operator of a furnace or a foundry coke byproduct recovery plant shall enclose and seal all openings on each process vessel, tar storage tank, and tar-intercepting sump.

(2) The owner or operator shall duct gases from each process vessel, tar storage tank, and tar-intercepting sump to the gas collection system, gas distribution system, or other enclosed point in the by-product recovery process where the benzene in the gas will be recovered or destroyed. This control system shall be designed and operated for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background and visual inspections, as determined by the methods specified in §61.245(c). This system can be designed as a closed, positive pressure, gas blanketing system.

(i) Except, the owner or operator may elect to install, operate, and maintain a pressure relief device, vacuum relief device, an access hatch, and a sampling port on each process vessel, tar storage tank, and tar-intercepting sump. Each access hatch and sampling port must be equipped with a gasket and a cover, seal, or lid that must be kept in a closed position at all times, unless in actual use.

(ii) The owner or operator may elect to leave open to the atmosphere the portion of the liquid surface in each tar decanter necessary to permit operation of a sludge conveyor. If the owner or operator elects to maintain an opening on part of the liquid surface of the tar decanter, the owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain a water leg seal on the tar decanter roof near the sludge discharge chute to ensure enclosure of the major portion of liquid surface not necessary for the operation of the sludge conveyor.

(b) Following the installation of any control equipment used to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or operator shall monitor the connections and seals on each control system to determine if it is operating with no detectable emissions, using Method 21 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) and procedures specified in §61.245(c), and shall visually inspect each source (including sealing materials) and the ductwork of the control system for evidence of visible defects such as gaps or tears. This monitoring and inspection shall be conducted on a semiannual basis and at any other time after the control system is repressurized with blanketing gas following removal of the cover or opening of the access hatch.

(1) If an instrument reading indicates an organic chemical concentration more than 500 ppm above a background concentration, as measured by Method 21, a leak is detected.

(2) If visible defects such as gaps in sealing materials are observed during a visual inspection, a leak is detected.

(3) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected.

(4) A first attempt at repair of any leak or visible defect shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.

(c) Following the installation of any control system used to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or operator shall conduct a maintenance inspection of the control system on an annual basis for evidence of system abnormalities, such as blocked or plugged lines, sticking valves, plugged condensate traps, and other maintenance defects that could result in abnormal system operation. The owner or operator shall make a first attempt at repair within 5 days, with repair within 15 days of detection.

(d) Each owner or operator of a furnace coke by-product recovery plant also shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (a)-(c) of this section for each benzene storage tank, BTX storage tank, light-oil storage tank, and excess ammonia-liquor storage tank.

[54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.133 Standard: Light-oil sumps.

(a) Each owner or operator of a light-oil sump shall enclose and seal the liquid surface in the sump to form a closed system to contain the emissions.

(1) Except, the owner or operator may elect to install, operate, and maintain a vent on the light-oil sump cover. Each vent pipe must be equipped with a water leg seal, a pressure relief device, or vacuum relief device.

(2) Except, the owner or operator may elect to install, operate, and maintain an access hatch on each light-oil sump cover. Each access hatch must be equipped with a gasket and a cover, seal, or lid that must be kept in a closed position at all times, unless in actual use.

(3) The light-oil sump cover may be removed for periodic maintenance but must be replaced (with seal) at completion of the maintenance operation.

(b) The venting of steam or other gases from the by-product process to the light-oil sump is not permitted.

(c) Following the installation of any control equipment used to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or operator shall monitor the connections and seals on each control system to determine if it is operating with no detectable emissions, using Method 21 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A) and the procedures specified in §61.245(c), and shall visually inspect each source (including sealing materials) for evidence of visible defects such as gaps or tears. This monitoring and inspection shall be conducted semiannually and at any other time the cover is removed.

(1) If an instrument reading indicates an organic chemical concentration more than 500 ppm above a background concentration, as measured by Method 21, a leak is detected.

(2) If visible defects such as gaps in sealing materials are observed during a visual inspection, a leak is detected.

(3) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected.

(4) A first attempt at repair of any leak or visible defect shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.

[54 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1989, as amended at 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.134 Standard: Naphthalene processing, final coolers, and final-cooler cooling towers.

(a) No (“zero”) emissions are allowed from naphthalene processing, final coolers and final-cooler cooling towers at coke by-product recovery plants.

§61.135 Standard: Equipment leaks.

(a) Each owner or operator of equipment in benzene service shall comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 61, subpart V, except as provided in this section.

(b) The provisions of §61.242-3 and §61.242-9 of subpart V do not apply to this subpart.

(c) Each piece of equipment in benzene service to which this subpart applies shall be marked in such a manner that it can be distinguished readily from other pieces of equipment in benzene service.

(d) Each exhauster shall be monitored quarterly to detect leaks by the methods specified in §61.245(b) except as provided in §61.136(d) and paragraphs (e)-(g) of this section.

(1) If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.

(2) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in §61.242-10 (a) and (b). A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.

(e) Each exhauster equipped with a seal system that includes a barrier fluid system and that prevents leakage of process fluids to the atmosphere is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section provided the following requirements are met:

(1) Each exhauster seal system is:

(i) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is greater than the exhauster stuffing box pressure; or

(ii) Equipped with a barrier fluid system that is connected by a closed vent system to a control device that complies with the requirements of §61.242-11; or

(iii) Equipped with a system that purges the barrier fluid into a process stream with zero benzene emissions to the atmosphere.

(2) The barrier fluid is not in benzene service.

(3) Each barrier fluid system shall be equipped with a sensor that will detect failure of the seal system, barrier fluid system, or both.

(4)(i) Each sensor as described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section shall be checked daily or shall be equipped with an audible alarm.

(ii) The owner or operator shall determine, based on design considerations and operating experience, a criterion that indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.

(5) If the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier system, or both (based on the criterion determined under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section), a leak is detected.

(6)(i) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in §61.242-10.

(ii) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after each leak is detected.

(f) An exhauster is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section if it is equipped with a closed vent system capable of capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals to a control device that complies with the requirements of §61.242-11 except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section.

(g) Any exhauster that is designated, as described in §61.246(e) for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section if the exhauster:

(1) Is demonstrated to be operating with no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, as measured by the methods specified in §61.245(c); and

(2) Is tested for compliance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section initially upon designation, annually, and at other times requested by the Administrator.

(h) Any exhauster that is in vacuum service is excluded from the requirements of this subpart if it is identified as required in §61.246(e)(5).

§61.136 Compliance provisions and alternative means of emission limitation.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of §§61.132 through 61.135 for each new and existing source, except as provided under §§61.243-1 and 61.243-2.

(b) Compliance with this subpart shall be determined by a review of records, review of performance test results, inspections, or any combination thereof, using the methods and procedures specified in §61.137.

(c) On the first January 1 after the first year that a plant's annual coke production is less than 75 percent foundry coke, the coke by-product recovery plant becomes a furnace coke by-product recovery plant and shall comply with 61.132(d). Once a plant becomes a furnace coke by-product recovery plant, it will continue to be considered a furnace coke by-product recovery plant, regardless of the coke production in subsequent years.

(d)(1) An owner or operator may request permission to use an alternative means of emission limitation to meet the requirements in §§61.132, 61.133, and 61.135 of this subpart and §§61.242-2, -5, -6, -7, -8, and -11 of subpart V. Permission to use an alternative means of emission limitation shall be requested as specified in §61.12(d).

(2) When the Administrator evaluates requests for permission to use alternative means of emission limitation for sources subject to §§61.132 and 61.133 (except tar decanters) the Administrator shall compare test data for the means of emission limitation to a benzene control efficiency of 98 percent. For tar decanters, the Administrator shall compare test data for the means of emission limitation to a benzene control efficiency of 95 percent.

(3) For any requests for permission to use an alternative to the work practices required under §61.135, the provisions of §61.244(c) shall apply.

§61.137 Test methods and procedures.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with the requirements in §61.245 of 40 CFR part 61, subpart V.

(b) To determine whether or not a piece of equipment is in benzene service, the methods in §61.245(d) shall be used, except that, for exhausters, the percent benzene shall be 1 percent by weight, rather than the 10 percent by weight described in §61.245(d).

§61.138 Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.

(a) The following information pertaining to the design of control equipment installed to comply with §§61.132 through 61.134 shall be recorded and kept in a readily accessible location:

(1) Detailed schematics, design specifications, and piping and instrumentation diagrams.

(2) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design specifications.

(b) The following information pertaining to sources subject to §61.132 and sources subject to §61.133 shall be recorded and maintained for 2 years following each semiannual (and other) inspection and each annual maintenance inspection:

(1) The date of the inspection and the name of the inspector.

(2) A brief description of each visible defect in the source or control equipment and the method and date of repair of the defect.

(3) The presence of a leak, as measured using the method described in §61.245(c). The record shall include the date of attempted and actual repair and method of repair of the leak.

(4) A brief description of any system abnormalities found during the annual maintenance inspection, the repairs made, the date of attempted repair, and the date of actual repair.

(c) Each owner or operator of a source subject to §61.135 shall comply with §61.246.

(d) For foundry coke by-product recovery plants, the annual coke production of both furnace and foundry coke shall be recorded and maintained for 2 years following each determination.

(e)(1) An owner or operator of any source to which this subpart applies shall submit a statement in writing notifying the Administrator that the requirements of this subpart and 40 CFR 61, subpart V, have been implemented.

(2) In the case of an existing source or a new source that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the statement is to be submitted within 90 days of the effective date, unless a waiver of compliance is granted under §61.11, along with the information required under §61.10. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the statement is to be submitted on a date scheduled by the Administrator.

(3) In the case of a new source that did not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the statement shall be submitted with the application for approval of construction, as described under §61.07.

(4) The statement is to contain the following information for each source:

(i) Type of source (e.g., a light-oil sump or pump).

(ii) For equipment in benzene service, equipment identification number and process unit identification: percent by weight benzene in the fluid at the equipment; and process fluid state in the equipment (gas/vapor or liquid).

(iii) Method of compliance with the standard (e.g., “gas blanketing,” “monthly leak detection and repair,” or “equipped with dual mechanical seals”). This includes whether the plant plans to be a furnace or foundry coke by-product recovery plant for the purposes of §61.132(d).

(f) A report shall be submitted to the Administrator semiannually starting 6 months after the initial reports required in §61.138(e) and §61.10, which includes the following information:

(1) For sources subject to §61.132 and sources subject to §61.133,

(i) A brief description of any visible defect in the source or ductwork,

(ii) The number of leaks detected and repaired, and

(iii) A brief description of any system abnormalities found during each annual maintenance inspection that occurred in the reporting period and the repairs made.

(2) For equipment in benzene service subject to §61.135(a), information required by §61.247(b).

(3) For each exhauster subject to §61.135 for each quarter during the semiannual reporting period,

(i) The number of exhausters for which leaks were detected as described in §61.135 (d) and (e)(5),

(ii) The number of exhausters for which leaks were repaired as required in §61.135 (d) and (e)(6),

(iii) The results of performance tests to determine compliance with §61.135(g) conducted within the semiannual reporting period.

(4) A statement signed by the owner or operator stating whether all provisions of 40 CFR part 61, subpart L, have been fulfilled during the semiannual reporting period.

(5) For foundry coke by-product recovery plants, the annual coke production of both furnace and foundry coke, if determined during the reporting period.

(6) Revisions to items reported according to paragraph (e) of this section if changes have occurred since the initial report or subsequent revisions to the initial report.

Note:

Compliance with the requirements of §61.10(c) is not required for revisions documented under this paragraph.

(g) In the first report submitted as required in §61.138(e), the report shall include a reporting schedule stating the months that semiannual reports shall be submitted. Subsequent reports shall be submitted according to that schedule unless a revised schedule has been submitted in a previous semiannual report.

(h) An owner or operator electing to comply with the provisions of §§61.243-1 and 61.243-2 shall notify the Administrator of the alternative standard selected 90 days before implementing either of the provisions.

(i) An application for approval of construction or modification, as required under §§61.05(a) and 61.07, will not be required for sources subject to 61.135 if:

(1) The new source complies with §61.135, and

(2) In the next semiannual report required by §61.138(f), the information described in §61.138(e)(4) is reported.

[55 FR 38073, Sept. 14, 1990; 55 FR 14037, Apr. 13, 1990]

§61.139 Provisions for alternative means for process vessels, storage tanks, and tar-intercepting sumps.

(a) As an alternative means of emission limitation for a source subject to §61.132(a)(2) or §61.132(d), the owner or operator may route gases from the source through a closed vent system to a carbon adsorber or vapor incinerator that is at least 98 percent efficient at removing benzene from the gas stream.

(1) The provisions of §61.132(a)(2)(i) and and (ii) shall apply to the source.

(2) The seals on the source and closed vent system shall be designed and operated for no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background and visual inspections, as determined by the methods specified in §61.245(c).

(3) The provisions of §61.132(b) shall apply to the seals and closed vent system.

(b) For each carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall adhere to the following practices:

(1) Benzene captured by each carbon adsorber shall be recycled or destroyed in a manner that prevents benzene from being emitted to the atmosphere.

(2) Carbon removed from each carbon adsorber shall be regenerated or destroyed in a manner that prevents benzene from being emitted to the atmosphere.

(3) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall initiate regeneration of the spent carbon bed and vent the emissions from the source to a regenerated carbon bed no later than when the benzene concentration or organic vapor concentration level in the adsorber outlet vent reaches the maximum concentration point, as determined in §61.139(h).

(4) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall replace the carbon at the scheduled replacement time, or as soon as practicable (but not later than 16 hours) after an exceedance of the maximum concentration point is detected, whichever is sooner.

(i) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the scheduled replacement time means the day that is estimated to be 90 percent of the demonstrated bed life, as defined in §61.139(h)(5).

(ii) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, an exceedance of the maximum concentration point shall mean any concentration greater than or equal to the maximum concentration point as determined in §61.139(h).

(c) Compliance with the provisions of this section shall be determined as follows:

(1) For each carbon adsorber and vapor incinerator, the owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance with the efficiency limit by a compliance test as specified in §61.13 and §61.139(g). If a waiver of compliance has been granted under §61.11, the deadline for conducting the initial compliance test shall be incorporated into the terms of the waiver. The benzene removal efficiency rate for each carbon adsorber and vapor incinerator shall be calculated as in the following equation:

Where:

E = percent removal of benzene.

C_aj = concentration of benzene in vents after the control device, parts per million (ppm).

C_bi = concentration of benzene in vents before the control device, ppm.

Q_aj = volumetric flow rate in vents after the control device, standard cubic meters/minute (scm/min) [standard cubic feet/minute (scf/min)].

Q_bi = volumetric flow rate in vents before the control device, scm/min (scf/min).

m = number of vents after the control device.

n = number of vents after the control device.

(2) Compliance with all other provisions in this section shall be determined by inspections or the review of records and reports.

(d) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall install and operate a monitoring device that continuously indicates and records either the concentration of benzene or the concentration level of organic compounds in the outlet vent of the carbon adsorber. The monitoring device shall be installed, calibrated, maintained and operated in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

(1) Measurement of benzene concentration shall be made according to §61.139(g)(2).

(2) All measurements of organic compound concentration levels shall be reasonable indicators of benzene concentration.

(i) The monitoring device for measuring organic compound concentration levels shall be based on one of the following detection principles: Infrared absorption, flame ionization, catalytic oxidation, photoionization, or thermal conductivity.

(ii) The monitoring device shall meet the requirements of part 60, appendix A, Method 21, sections 2, 3, 4.1, 4.2, and 4.4. For the purpose of the application of Method 21 to this section, the words “leak definition” shall be the maximum concentration point, which would be estimated until it is established under §61.139(h). The calibration gas shall either be benzene or methane and shall be at a concentration associated with 125 percent of the expected organic compound concentration level for the carbon adsorber outlet vent.

(e) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall monitor either the concentration of benzene or the concentration level of organic compounds at the outlet vent of the adsorber. The monitoring device shall be calibrated, operated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

(1) Measurements of benzene concentration shall be made according to §61.139(g)(2). The measurement shall be conducted over at least one 5-minute interval during which flow into the carbon adsorber is expected to occur.

(2) All measurements of organic compound concentration levels shall be reasonable indicators of benzene concentration.

(i) The monitoring device for measuring organic compound concentration levels shall meet the requirements of paragraphs §61.139(d)(2) (i) and (ii).

(ii) The probe inlet of the monitoring device shall be placed at approximately the center of the carbon adsorber outlet vent. The probe shall be held there for at least 5 minutes during which flow into the carbon adsorber is expected to occur. The maximum reading during that period shall be used as the measurement.

(3) Monitoring shall be performed at least once within the first 7 days after replacement of the carbon bed occurs, and monthly thereafter until 10 days before the scheduled replacement time, at which point monitoring shall be done daily, except as specified in paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of this section.

(4) If an owner or operator detects an exceedance of the maximum concentration point during the monthly monitoring or on the first day of daily monitoring as prescribed in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, then, after replacing the bed, the owner or operator shall begin the daily monitoring of the replacement carbon bed on the day after the last scheduled monthly monitoring before the exceedance was detected, or 10 days before the exceedance was detected, whichever is longer.

(5) If an owner or operator detects an exceedance of the maximum concentration point during the daily monitoring as prescribed in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, except on the first day, then, after replacing the bed, the owner or operator shall begin the daily monitoring of the replacement carbon bed 10 days before the exceedance was detected.

(6) If the owner or operator is monitoring on the schedule required in paragraph (e)(4) or paragraph (e)(5) of this section, and the scheduled replacement time is reached without exceeding the maximum concentration point, the owner or operator may return to the monitoring schedule in paragraph (e)(3) of this section for subsequent carbon beds.

Note:

This note provides an example of the monitoring schedules in paragraphs (e)(3), (e)(4) and (e)(5) of this section. Assume that the scheduled replacement time for a non-regenerative carbon adsorber is the 105th day after installation. According to the monitoring schedule in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, initial monitoring would be done within 7 days after installation, monthly monitoring would be done on the 30th, 60th and 90th days, and daily monitoring would begin on the 95th day after installation. Now assume that an exceedance of the maximum concentration point is detected on the 90th day after installation. On the replacement carbon bed, the owner or operator would begin daily monitoring on the 61st day after installation (i.e., the day after the last scheduled monthly monitoring before the exceedance was detected), according to the requirements in paragraph (e)(4) of this section. If, instead, the exceedance were detected on the first bed on the 95th day, the daily monitoring of the replacement bed would begin on the 85th day after installation (i.e., 10 days before the point in the cycle where the exceedance was detected); this is a second example of the requirements in paragraph (e)(4) of this section. Finally, assume that an exceedance of the maximum concentration point is detected on the 100th day after the first carbon adsorber was installed. According to paragraph (e)(5) of this section, daily monitoring of the replacement bed would begin on the 90th day after installation (i.e., 10 days earlier than when the exceedance was detected on the previous bed). In all of these examples, the initial monitoring of the replacement bed within 7 days of installation and the monthly monitoring would proceed as set out in paragraph (e)(3) of this section until daily monitoring was required.

(f) For each vapor incinerator, the owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring requirements specified below:

(1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder and having an accuracy of ±1 percent of the temperature being monitored expressed in degrees Celsius or ±0.5°C, whichever is greater.

(i) Where a vapor incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is used, the temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the firebox.

(ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and after the catalyst bed.

(2) Comply with paragraph (f)(2)(i), paragraph (f)(2)(ii), or paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) Install, calibrate, maintain and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a flow indicator that provides a record of vent stream flow to the incinerator at least once every hour for each source. The flow indicator shall be installed in the vent stream from each source at a point closest to the inlet of each vapor incinerator and before being joined with any other vent stream.

(ii) Install, calibrate, maintain and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a flow indicator that provides a record of vent stream flow away from the vapor incinerator at least once every 15 minutes. The flow indicator shall be installed in each bypass line, immediately downstream of the valve that, if opened, would divert the vent stream away from the vapor incinerator.

(iii) Where a valve that opens a bypass line is secured in the closed position with a car seal or a lock-and-key configuration, a flow indicator is not required. The owner or operator shall perform a visual inspection at least once every month to check the position of the valve and the condition of the car seal or lock-and-key configuration. The owner or operator shall also record the date and duration of each time that the valve was opened and the vent stream diverted away from the vapor incinerator.

(g) In conducting the compliance tests required in §61.139(c), and measurements specified in §61.139(d)(1), (e)(1) and (h)(3)(ii), the owner or operator shall use as reference methods the test methods and procedures in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, or other methods as specified in this paragraph, except as specified in §61.13.

(1) For compliance tests, as described in §61.139(c)(1), the following provisions apply.

(i) All tests shall be run under representative emission concentration and vent flow rate conditions. For sources with intermittent flow rates, representative conditions shall include typical emission surges (for example, during the loading of a storage tank).

(ii) Each test shall consist of three separate runs. These runs will be averaged to yield the volumetric flow rates and benzene concentrations in the equation in §61.139(c)(1). Each run shall be a minimum of 1 hour.

(A) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, each run shall take place in one adsorption cycle, to include a minimum of 1 hour of sampling immediately preceding the initiation of carbon bed regeneration.

(B) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, all runs can occur during one adsorption cycle.

(iii) The measurements during the runs shall be paired so that the inlet and outlet to the control device are measured simultaneously.

(iv) Method 1 or 1A shall be used as applicable for locating measurement sites.

(v) Method 2, 2A, or 2D shall be used as applicable for measuring vent flow rates.

(vi) Method 18 shall be used for determining the benzene concentrations (C_aj and C_bi). Either the integrated bag sampling and analysis procedure or the direct interface procedure may be used. A separation column constructed of stainless steel, 1.83 m by 3.2 mm, containing 10 percent 1,2,3-tris (2-cyanoethoxy) propane (TECP) on 80/100 mesh Chromosorb P AW, with a column temperature of 80°C, a detector temperature of 225°C, and a flow rate of approximately 20 ml/min, may produce adequate separations. The analyst can use other columns, provided that the precision and accuracy of the analysis of benzene standards is not impaired. The analyst shall have available for review information confirming that there is adequate resolution of the benzene peak.

(A) If the integrated bag sampling and analysis procedure is used, the sample rate shall be adjusted to maintain a constant proportion to vent flow rate.

(B) If the direct interface sampling and analysis procedure is used, then each performance test run shall be conducted in intervals of 5 minutes. For each interval “t,” readings from each measurement shall be recorded, and the flow rate (Q_aj or Q_bi) and the corresponding benzene concentration (C_aj or C_bi) shall be determined. The sampling system shall be constructed to include a mixing chamber of a volume equal to 5 times the sampling flow rate per minute. Each analysis performed by the chromatograph will then represent an averaged emission value for a 5-minute time period. The vent flow rate readings shall be timed to account for the total sample system residence time. A dual column, dual detector chromatograph can be used to achieve an analysis interval of 5 minutes. The individual benzene concentrations shall be vent flow rate weighted to determine sample run average concentrations. The individual vent flow rates shall be time averaged to determine sample run average flow rates.

(2) For testing the benzene concentration at the outlet vent of the carbon adsorber as specified under §§61.139(d)(1), (e)(1) and (h)(3)(ii), the following provisions apply.

(i) The measurement shall be conducted over one 5-minute period.

(ii) The requirements in §61.139(g)(1)(i) shall apply to the extent practicable.

(iii) The requirements in §61.139(g)(1)(vi) shall apply. Section 7.2 of method 18 shall be used as described in §61.139(g)(1)(vi)(B) for benzene concentration measurements.

(h) For each carbon adsorber, the maximum concentration point shall be expressed either as a benzene concentration or organic compound concentration level, whichever is to be indicated by the monitoring device chosen under §61.139 (d) or (e).

(1) For each regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall determine the maximum concentration point at the following times:

(i) No later than the deadline for the initial compliance test as specified in §61.139(c)(1);

(ii) At the request of the Administrator; and

(iii) At any time chosen by the owner or operator.

(2) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator shall determine the maximum concentration point at the following times:

(i) On the first carbon bed to be installed in the adsorber;

(ii) At the request of the Administrator;

(iii) On the next carbon bed after the maximum concentration point has been exceeded (before the scheduled replacement time) for each of three previous carbon beds in the adsorber since the most recent determination; and

(iv) At any other time chosen by the owner or operator.

(3) The maximum concentration point for each carbon adsorber shall be determined through the simultaneous measurement of the outlet of the carbon adsorber with the monitoring device and Method 18, except as allowed in paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

(i) Several data points shall be collected according to a schedule determined by the owner or operator. The schedule shall be designed to take frequent samples near the expected maximum concentration point.

(ii) Each data point shall consist of one 5-minute benzene concentration measurement using Method 18 as specified in §61.139(g)(2), and of a simultaneous measurement by the monitoring device. The monitoring device measurement shall be conducted according to §61.139 (d) or (e), whichever is applicable.

(iii) The maximum concentration point shall be the concentration level, as indicated by the monitoring device, for the last data point at which the benzene concentration is less than 2 percent of the average value of the benzene concentration at the inlet to the carbon adsorber during the most recent compliance test.

(4) If the maximum concentration point is expressed as a benzene concentration, the owner or operator may determine it by calibrating the monitoring device with benzene at a concentration that is 2 percent of the average benzene concentration measured at the inlet to the carbon adsorber during the most recent compliance test. The reading on the monitoring device corresponding to the calibration concentration shall be the maximum concentration point. This method of determination would affect the owner or operator as follows:

(i) For a regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator is exempt from the provisions in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

(ii) For a non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the owner or operator is required to collect the data points in paragraph (h)(3) of this section with only the monitoring device, and is exempt from the simultaneous Method 18 measurement.

(5) For each non-regenerative carbon adsorber, the demonstrated bed life shall be the carbon bed life, measured in days from the time the bed is installed until the maximum concentration point is reached, for the carbon bed that is used to determine the maximum concentration point.

(i) The following recordkeeping requirements are applicable to owners and operators of control devices subject to §61.139. All records shall be kept updated and in a readily accessible location.

(1) The following information shall be recorded for each control device for the life of the control device:

(i) The design characteristics of the control device and a list of the source or sources vented to it.

(ii) For each carbon absorber, a plan for the method for handling captured benzene and removed carbon to comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.

(iii) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design specifications or plan.

(iv) For each carbon adsorber for which organic compounds are monitored as provided under §61.139 (d) and (e), documentation to show that the measurements of organic compound concentrations are reasonable indicators of benzene concentrations.

(2) For each compliance test as specified in §61.139(c)(1), the date of the test, the results of the test, and other data needed to determine emissions shall be recorded as specified in §61.13(g) for at least 2 years or until the next compliance test on the control device, whichever is longer.

(3) For each vapor incinerator, the average firebox temperature of the incinerator (or the average temperature upstream and downstream of the catalyst bed for a catalytic incinerator), measured and averaged over the most recent compliance test shall be recorded for at least 2 years or until the next compliance test on the incinerator, whichever is longer.

(4) For each carbon adsorber, for each determination of a maximum concentration point as specified in §61.139(h), the date of the determination, the maximum concentration point, and data needed to make the determination shall be recorded for at least 2 years or until the next maximum concentration point determination on the carbon adsorber, whichever is longer.

(5) For each carbon absorber, the dates of and data from the monitoring required in §61.139(d) and (e), the date and time of replacement of each carbon bed, the date of each exceedance of the maximum concentration point, and a brief description of the corrective action taken shall be recorded for at least 2 years. Also, the occurrences when the captured benzene or spent carbon are not handled as required in §61.139(b)(1) and (2) shall be recorded for at least 2 years.

(6) For each vapor incinerator, the data from the monitoring required in §61.139(f)(1), the dates of all periods of operation during which the parameter boundaries established during the most recent compliance test are exceeded, and a brief description of the corrective action taken shall be recorded for at least 2 years. A period of operation during which the parameter boundaries are exceeded is a 3-hour period of operation during which:

(i) For each vapor incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator, the average combustion temperature is more than 28°C (50°F) below the average combustion temperature during the most recent performance test.

(ii) For each catalytic incinerator, the average temperature of the vent stream immediately before the catalyst bed is more than 28°C (50°F) below the average temperature of the vent stream during the most recent performance test, or the average temperature difference across the catalyst bed is less than 80 percent of the average temperature difference across the catalyst bed during the most recent performance test.

(7) For each vapor incinerator, the following shall be recorded for at least 2 years:

(i) If subject to §61.139(f)(2)(i), records of the flow indication, and of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the vapor incinerator or has no flow rate.

(ii) If subject to §61.139(f)(2)(ii), records of the flow indication, and of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the vapor incinerator.

(iii) If subject to §61.139(f)(2)(iii), records of the conditions found during each monthly inspection, and of each period when the car seal is broken, when the valve position is changed, or when maintenance on the bypass line valve is performed.

(j) The following reporting requirements are applicable to owners or operators of control devices subject to §61.139:

(1) Compliance tests shall be reported as specified in §61.13(f).

(2) The following information shall be reported as part of the semiannual reports required in §61.138(f).

(i) For each carbon adsorber:

(A) The date and time of detection of each exceedance of the maximum concentration point and a brief description of the time and nature of the corrective action taken.

(B) The date of each time that the captured benzene or removed carbon was not handled as required in §61.139 (b)(1) and (2), and a brief description of the corrective action taken.

(C) The date of each determination of the maximum concentration point, as described in §61.139(h), and a brief reason for the determination.

(ii) For each vapor incinerator, the date and duration of each exceedance of the boundary parameters recorded under §61.139(i)(6) and a brief description of the corrective action taken.

(iii) For each vapor incinerator, the date and duration of each period specified as follows:

(A) Each period recorded under §61.139(i)(7)(i) when the vent stream is diverted from the control device or has no flow rate;

(B) Each period recorded under §61.139(i)(7)(ii) when the vent stream is diverted from the control device; and

(C) Each period recorded under §61.139(i)(7)(iii) when the vent stream is diverted from the control device, when the car seal is broken, when the valve is unlocked, or when the valve position has changed.

(iv) For each vapor incinerator, the owner or operator shall specify the method of monitoring chosen under paragraph (f)(2) of this section in the first semiannual report. Any time the owner or operator changes that choice, he shall specify the change in the first semiannual report following the change.

[56 FR 47407, Sept. 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999; 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.140 Applicability.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those sources specified in §§61.142 through 61.151, 61.154, and 61.155.

[55 FR 48414, Nov. 20, 1990]

§61.141 Definitions.

All terms that are used in this subpart and are not defined below are given the same meaning as in the Act and in subpart A of this part.

Active waste disposal site means any disposal site other than an inactive site.

Adequately wet means sufficiently mix or penetrate with liquid to prevent the release of particulates. If visible emissions are observed coming from asbestos-containing material, then that material has not been adequately wetted. However, the absence of visible emissions is not sufficient evidence of being adequately wet.

Asbestos means the asbestiform varieties of serpentinite (chrysotile), riebeckite (crocidolite), cummingtonite-grunerite, anthophyllite, and actinolite-tremolite.

Asbestos-containing waste materials means mill tailings or any waste that contains commercial asbestos and is generated by a source subject to the provisions of this subpart. This term includes filters from control devices, friable asbestos waste material, and bags or other similar packaging contaminated with commercial asbestos. As applied to demolition and renovation operations, this term also includes regulated asbestos-containing material waste and materials contaminated with asbestos including disposable equipment and clothing.

Asbestos mill means any facility engaged in converting, or in any intermediate step in converting, asbestos ore into commercial asbestos. Outside storage of asbestos material is not considered a part of the asbestos mill.

Asbestos tailings means any solid waste that contains asbestos and is a product of asbestos mining or milling operations.

Asbestos waste from control devices means any waste material that contains asbestos and is collected by a pollution control device.

Category I nonfriable asbestos-containing material (ACM) means asbestos-containing packings, gaskets, resilient floor covering, and asphalt roofing products containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy.

Category II nonfriable ACM means any material, excluding Category I nonfriable ACM, containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the methods specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure.

Commercial asbestos means any material containing asbestos that is extracted from ore and has value because of its asbestos content.

Cutting means to penetrate with a sharp-edged instrument and includes sawing, but does not include shearing, slicing, or punching.

Demolition means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structural member of a facility together with any related handling operations or the intentional burning of any facility.

Emergency renovation operation means a renovation operation that was not planned but results from a sudden, unexpected event that, if not immediately attended to, presents a safety or public health hazard, is necessary to protect equipment from damage, or is necessary to avoid imposing an unreasonable financial burden. This term includes operations necessitated by nonroutine failures of equipment.

Fabricating means any processing (e.g., cutting, sawing, drilling) of a manufactured product that contains commercial asbestos, with the exception of processing at temporary sites (field fabricating) for the construction or restoration of facilities. In the case of friction products, fabricating includes bonding, debonding, grinding, sawing, drilling, or other similar operations performed as part of fabricating.

Facility means any institutional, commercial, public, industrial, or residential structure, installation, or building (including any structure, installation, or building containing condominiums or individual dwelling units operated as a residential cooperative, but excluding residential buildings having four or fewer dwelling units); any ship; and any active or inactive waste disposal site. For purposes of this definition, any building, structure, or installation that contains a loft used as a dwelling is not considered a residential structure, installation, or building. Any structure, installation or building that was previously subject to this subpart is not excluded, regardless of its current use or function.

Facility component means any part of a facility including equipment.

Friable asbestos material means any material containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy, that, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. If the asbestos content is less than 10 percent as determined by a method other than point counting by polarized light microscopy (PLM), verify the asbestos content by point counting using PLM.

Fugitive source means any source of emissions not controlled by an air pollution control device.

Glove bag means a sealed compartment with attached inner gloves used for the handling of asbestos-containing materials. Properly installed and used, glove bags provide a small work area enclosure typically used for small-scale asbestos stripping operations. Information on glove-bag installation, equipment and supplies, and work practices is contained in the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA's) final rule on occupational exposure to asbestos (appendix G to 29 CFR 1926.58).

Grinding means to reduce to powder or small fragments and includes mechanical chipping or drilling.

In poor condition means the binding of the material is losing its integrity as indicated by peeling, cracking, or crumbling of the material.

Inactive waste disposal site means any disposal site or portion of it where additional asbestos-containing waste material has not been deposited within the past year.

Installation means any building or structure or any group of buildings or structures at a single demolition or renovation site that are under the control of the same owner or operator (or owner or operator under common control).

Leak-tight means that solids or liquids cannot escape or spill out. It also means dust-tight.

Malfunction means any sudden and unavoidable failure of air pollution control equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or usual manner so that emissions of asbestos are increased. Failures of equipment shall not be considered malfunctions if they are caused in any way by poor maintenance, careless operation, or any other preventable upset conditions, equipment breakdown, or process failure.

Manufacturing means the combining of commercial asbestos - or, in the case of woven friction products, the combining of textiles containing commercial asbestos - with any other material(s), including commercial asbestos, and the processing of this combination into a product. Chlorine production is considered a part of manufacturing.

Natural barrier means a natural object that effectively precludes or deters access. Natural barriers include physical obstacles such as cliffs, lakes or other large bodies of water, deep and wide ravines, and mountains. Remoteness by itself is not a natural barrier.

Nonfriable asbestos-containing material means any material containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy, that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure.

Nonscheduled renovation operation means a renovation operation necessitated by the routine failure of equipment, which is expected to occur within a given period based on past operating experience, but for which an exact date cannot be predicted.

Outside air means the air outside buildings and structures, including, but not limited to, the air under a bridge or in an open air ferry dock.

Owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity means any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, or supervises the facility being demolished or renovated or any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, or supervises the demolition or renovation operation, or both.

Particulate asbestos material means finely divided particles of asbestos or material containing asbestos.

Planned renovation operations means a renovation operation, or a number of such operations, in which some RACM will be removed or stripped within a given period of time and that can be predicted. Individual nonscheduled operations are included if a number of such operations can be predicted to occur during a given period of time based on operating experience.

Regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM) means (a) Friable asbestos material, (b) Category I nonfriable ACM that has become friable, (c) Category I nonfriable ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting, or abrading, or (d) Category II nonfriable ACM that has a high probability of becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by the forces expected to act on the material in the course of demolition or renovation operations regulated by this subpart.

Remove means to take out RACM or facility components that contain or are covered with RACM from any facility.

Renovation means altering a facility or one or more facility components in any way, including the stripping or removal of RACM from a facility component. Operations in which load-supporting structural members are wrecked or taken out are demolitions.

Resilient floor covering means asbestos-containing floor tile, including asphalt and vinyl floor tile, and sheet vinyl floor covering containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using polarized light microscopy according to the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy.

Roadways means surfaces on which vehicles travel. This term includes public and private highways, roads, streets, parking areas, and driveways.

Strip means to take off RACM from any part of a facility or facility components.

Structural member means any load-supporting member of a facility, such as beams and load supporting walls; or any nonload-supporting member, such as ceilings and nonload-supporting walls.

Visible emissions means any emissions, which are visually detectable without the aid of instruments, coming from RACM or asbestos-containing waste material, or from any asbestos milling, manufacturing, or fabricating operation. This does not include condensed, uncombined water vapor.

Waste generator means any owner or operator of a source covered by this subpart whose act or process produces asbestos-containing waste material.

Waste shipment record means the shipping document, required to be originated and signed by the waste generator, used to track and substantiate the disposition of asbestos-containing waste material.

Working day means Monday through Friday and includes holidays that fall on any of the days Monday through Friday.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984; 49 FR 25453, June 21, 1984, as amended by 55 FR 48414, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991; 60 FR 31920, June 19, 1995]

§61.142 Standard for asbestos mills.

(a) Each owner or operator of an asbestos mill shall either discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from that asbestos mill, including fugitive sources, or use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.

(b) Each owner or operator of an asbestos mill shall meet the following requirements:

(1) Monitor each potential source of asbestos emissions from any part of the mill facility, including air cleaning devices, process equipment, and buildings that house equipment for material processing and handling, at least once each day, during daylight hours, for visible emissions to the outside air during periods of operation. The monitoring shall be by visual observation of at least 15 seconds duration per source of emissions.

(2) Inspect each air cleaning device at least once each week for proper operation and for changes that signal the potential for malfunction, including, to the maximum extent possible without dismantling other than opening the device, the presence of tears, holes, and abrasions in filter bags and for dust deposits on the clean side of bags. For air cleaning devices that cannot be inspected on a weekly basis according to this paragraph, submit to the Administrator, and revise as necessary, a written maintenance plan to include, at a minimum, the following:

(i) Maintenance schedule.

(ii) Recordkeeping plan.

(3) Maintain records of the results of visible emissions monitoring and air cleaning device inspections using a format similar to that shown in Figures 1 and 2 and include the following:

(i) Date and time of each inspection.

(ii) Presence or absence of visible emissions.

(iii) Condition of fabric filters, including presence of any tears, holes, and abrasions.

(iv) Presence of dust deposits on clean side of fabric filters.

(v) Brief description of corrective actions taken, including date and time.

(vi) Daily hours of operation for each air cleaning device.

(4) Furnish upon request, and make available at the affected facility during normal business hours for inspection by the Administrator, all records required under this section.

(5) Retain a copy of all monitoring and inspection records for at least 2 years.

(6) Submit semiannually a copy of visible emission monitoring records to the Administrator if visible emissions occurred during the report period. Semiannual reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the six-month period.

[55 FR 48416, Nov. 20, 1990, as amended at 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]

§61.143 Standard for roadways.

No person may construct or maintain a roadway with asbestos tailings or asbestos-containing waste material on that roadway, unless, for asbestos tailings.

(a) It is a temporary roadway on an area of asbestos ore deposits (asbestos mine): or

(b) It is a temporary roadway at an active asbestos mill site and is encapsulated with a resinous or bituminous binder. The encapsulated road surface must be maintained at a minimum frequency of once per year to prevent dust emissions; or

(c) It is encapsulated in asphalt concrete meeting the specifications contained in section 401 of Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges on Federal Highway Projects, FP-85, 1985, or their equivalent.

[55 FR 48419, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]

§61.144 Standard for manufacturing.

(a) Applicability. This section applies to the following manufacturing operations using commercial asbestos.

(1) The manufacture of cloth, cord, wicks, tubing, tape, twine, rope, thread, yarn, roving, lap, or other textile materials.

(2) The manufacture of cement products.

(3) The manufacture of fireproofing and insulating materials.

(4) The manufacture of friction products.

(5) The manufacture of paper, millboard, and felt.

(6) The manufacture of floor tile.

(7) The manufacture of paints, coatings, caulks, adhesives, and sealants.

(8) The manufacture of plastics and rubber materials.

(9) The manufacture of chlorine utilizing asbestos diaphragm technology.

(10) The manufacture of shotgun shell wads.

(11) The manufacture of asphalt concrete.

(b) Standard. Each owner or operator of any of the manufacturing operations to which this section applies shall either:

(1) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from these operations or from any building or structure in which they are conducted or from any other fugitive sources; or

(2) Use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions from these operations containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.

(3) Monitor each potential source of asbestos emissions from any part of the manufacturing facility, including air cleaning devices, process equipment, and buildings housing material processing and handling equipment, at least once each day during daylight hours for visible emissions to the outside air during periods of operation. The monitoring shall be by visual observation of at least 15 seconds duration per source of emissions.

(4) Inspect each air cleaning device at least once each week for proper operation and for changes that signal the potential for malfunctions, including, to the maximum extent possible without dismantling other than opening the device, the presence of tears, holes, and abrasions in filter bags and for dust deposits on the clean side of bags. For air cleaning devices that cannot be inspected on a weekly basis according to this paragraph, submit to the Administrator, and revise as necessary, a written maintenance plan to include, at a minimum, the following:

(i) Maintenance schedule.

(ii) Recordkeeping plan.

(5) Maintain records of the results of visible emission monitoring and air cleaning device inspections using a format similar to that shown in Figures 1 and 2 and include the following.

(i) Date and time of each inspection.

(ii) Presence or absence of visible emissions.

(iii) Condition of fabric filters, including presence of any tears, holes and abrasions.

(iv) Presence of dust deposits on clean side of fabric filters.

(v) Brief description of corrective actions taken, including date and time.

(vi) Daily hours of operation for each air cleaning device.

(6) Furnish upon request, and make available at the affected facility during normal business hours for inspection by the Administrator, all records required under this section.

(7) Retain a copy of all monitoring and inspection records for at least 2 years.

(8) Submit semiannually a copy of the visible emission monitoring records to the Administrator if visible emission occurred during the report period. Semiannual reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the six-month period.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984, as amended at 55 FR 48419, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991; 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]

§61.145 Standard for demolition and renovation.

(a) Applicability. To determine which requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section apply to the owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity and prior to the commencement of the demolition or renovation, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos, including Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM. The requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section apply to each owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity, including the removal of RACM as follows:

(1) In a facility being demolished, all the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section apply, except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if the combined amount of RACM is

(i) At least 80 linear meters (260 linear feet) on pipes or at least 15 square meters (160 square feet) on other facility components, or

(ii) At least 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) off facility components where the length or area could not be measured previously.

(2) In a facility being demolished, only the notification requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (2), (3)(i) and (iv), and (4)(i) through (vii) and (4)(ix) and (xvi) of this section apply, if the combined amount of RACM is

(i) Less than 80 linear meters (260 linear feet) on pipes and less than 15 square meters (160 square feet) on other facility components, and

(ii) Less than one cubic meter (35 cubic feet) off facility components where the length or area could not be measured previously or there is no asbestos.

(3) If the facility is being demolished under an order of a State or local government agency, issued because the facility is structurally unsound and in danger of imminent collapse, only the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3)(iii), (b)(4) (except (b)(4)(viii)), (b)(5), and (c)(4) through (c)(9) of this section apply.

(4) In a facility being renovated, including any individual nonscheduled renovation operation, all the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section apply if the combined amount of RACM to be stripped, removed, dislodged, cut, drilled, or similarly disturbed is

(i) At least 80 linear meters (260 linear feet) on pipes or at least 15 square meters (160 square feet) on other facility components, or

(ii) At least 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) off facility components where the length or area could not be measured previously.

(iii) To determine whether paragraph (a)(4) of this section applies to planned renovation operations involving individual nonscheduled operations, predict the combined additive amount of RACM to be removed or stripped during a calendar year of January 1 through December 31.

(iv) To determine whether paragraph (a)(4) of this section applies to emergency renovation operations, estimate the combined amount of RACM to be removed or stripped as a result of the sudden, unexpected event that necessitated the renovation.

(5) Owners or operators of demolition and renovation operations are exempt from the requirements of §§61.05(a), 61.07, and 61.09.

(b) Notification requirements. Each owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity to which this section applies shall:

(1) Provide the Administrator with written notice of intention to demolish or renovate. Delivery of the notice by U.S. Postal Service, commercial delivery service, or hand delivery is acceptable.

(2) Update notice, as necessary, including when the amount of asbestos affected changes by at least 20 percent.

(3) Postmark or deliver the notice as follows:

(i) At least 10 working days before asbestos stripping or removal work or any other activity begins (such as site preparation that would break up, dislodge or similarly disturb asbestos material), if the operation is described in paragraphs (a) (1) and (4) (except (a)(4)(iii) and (a)(4)(iv)) of this section. If the operation is as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, notification is required 10 working days before demolition begins.

(ii) At least 10 working days before the end of the calendar year preceding the year for which notice is being given for renovations described in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section.

(iii) As early as possible before, but not later than, the following working day if the operation is a demolition ordered according to paragraph (a)(3) of this section or, if the operation is a renovation described in paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section.

(iv) For asbestos stripping or removal work in a demolition or renovation operation, described in paragraphs (a) (1) and (4) (except (a)(4)(iii) and (a)(4)(iv)) of this section, and for a demolition described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, that will begin on a date other than the one contained in the original notice, notice of the new start date must be provided to the Administrator as follows:

(A) When the asbestos stripping or removal operation or demolition operation covered by this paragraph will begin after the date contained in the notice,

(1) Notify the Administrator of the new start date by telephone as soon as possible before the original start date, and

(2) Provide the Administrator with a written notice of the new start date as soon as possible before, and no later than, the original start date. Delivery of the updated notice by the U.S. Postal Service, commercial delivery service, or hand delivery is acceptable.

(B) When the asbestos stripping or removal operation or demolition operation covered by this paragraph will begin on a date earlier than the original start date,

(1) Provide the Administrator with a written notice of the new start date at least 10 working days before asbestos stripping or removal work begins.

(2) For demolitions covered by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, provide the Administrator written notice of a new start date at least 10 working days before commencement of demolition. Delivery of updated notice by U.S. Postal Service, commercial delivery service, or hand delivery is acceptable.

(C) In no event shall an operation covered by this paragraph begin on a date other than the date contained in the written notice of the new start date.

(4) Include the following in the notice:

(i) An indication of whether the notice is the original or a revised notification.

(ii) Name, address, and telephone number of both the facility owner and operator and the asbestos removal contractor owner or operator.

(iii) Type of operation: demolition or renovation.

(iv) Description of the facility or affected part of the facility including the size (square meters [square feet] and number of floors), age, and present and prior use of the facility.

(v) Procedure, including analytical methods, employed to detect the presence of RACM and Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM.

(vi) Estimate of the approximate amount of RACM to be removed from the facility in terms of length of pipe in linear meters (linear feet), surface area in square meters (square feet) on other facility components, or volume in cubic meters (cubic feet) if off the facility components. Also, estimate the approximate amount of Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM in the affected part of the facility that will not be removed before demolition.

(vii) Location and street address (including building number or name and floor or room number, if appropriate), city, county, and state, of the facility being demolished or renovated.

(viii) Scheduled starting and completion dates of asbestos removal work (or any other activity, such as site preparation that would break up, dislodge, or similarly disturb asbestos material) in a demolition or renovation; planned renovation operations involving individual nonscheduled operations shall only include the beginning and ending dates of the report period as described in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section.

(ix) Scheduled starting and completion dates of demolition or renovation.

(x) Description of planned demolition or renovation work to be performed and method(s) to be employed, including demolition or renovation techniques to be used and description of affected facility components.

(xi) Description of work practices and engineering controls to be used to comply with the requirements of this subpart, including asbestos removal and waste-handling emission control procedures.

(xii) Name and location of the waste disposal site where the asbestos-containing waste material will be deposited.

(xiii) A certification that at least one person trained as required by paragraph (c)(8) of this section will supervise the stripping and removal described by this notification. This requirement shall become effective 1 year after promulgation of this regulation.

(xiv) For facilities described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the name, title, and authority of the State or local government representative who has ordered the demolition, the date that the order was issued, and the date on which the demolition was ordered to begin. A copy of the order shall be attached to the notification.

(xv) For emergency renovations described in paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section, the date and hour that the emergency occurred, a description of the sudden, unexpected event, and an explanation of how the event caused an unsafe condition, or would cause equipment damage or an unreasonable financial burden.

(xvi) Description of procedures to be followed in the event that unexpected RACM is found or Category II nonfriable ACM becomes crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder.

(xvii) Name, address, and telephone number of the waste transporter.

(5) The information required in paragraph (b)(4) of this section must be reported using a form similiar to that shown in Figure 3.

(c) Procedures for asbestos emission control. Each owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity to whom this paragraph applies, according to paragraph (a) of this section, shall comply with the following procedures:

(1) Remove all RACM from a facility being demolished or renovated before any activity begins that would break up, dislodge, or similarly disturb the material or preclude access to the material for subsequent removal. RACM need not be removed before demolition if:

(i) It is Category I nonfriable ACM that is not in poor condition and is not friable.

(ii) It is on a facility component that is encased in concrete or other similarly hard material and is adequately wet whenever exposed during demolition; or

(iii) It was not accessible for testing and was, therefore, not discovered until after demolition began and, as a result of the demolition, the material cannot be safely removed. If not removed for safety reasons, the exposed RACM and any asbestos-contaminated debris must be treated as asbestos-containing waste material and adequately wet at all times until disposed of.

(iv) They are Category II nonfriable ACM and the probability is low that the materials will become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder during demolition.

(2) When a facility component that contains, is covered with, or is coated with RACM is being taken out of the facility as a unit or in sections:

(i) Adequately wet all RACM exposed during cutting or disjoining operations; and

(ii) Carefully lower each unit or section to the floor and to ground level, not dropping, throwing, sliding, or otherwise damaging or disturbing the RACM.

(3) When RACM is stripped from a facility component while it remains in place in the facility, adequately wet the RACM during the stripping operation.

(i) In renovation operations, wetting is not required if:

(A) The owner or operator has obtained prior written approval from the Administrator based on a written application that wetting to comply with this paragraph would unavoidably damage equipment or present a safety hazard; and

(B) The owner or operator uses of the following emission control methods:

(1) A local exhaust ventilation and collection system designed and operated to capture the particulate asbestos material produced by the stripping and removal of the asbestos materials. The system must exhibit no visible emissions to the outside air or be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements in §61.152.

(2) A glove-bag system designed and operated to contain the particulate asbestos material produced by the stripping of the asbestos materials.

(3) Leak-tight wrapping to contain all RACM prior to dismantlement.

(ii) In renovation operations where wetting would result in equipment damage or a safety hazard, and the methods allowed in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section cannot be used, another method may be used after obtaining written approval from the Administrator based upon a determination that it is equivalent to wetting in controlling emissions or to the methods allowed in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.

(iii) A copy of the Administrator's written approval shall be kept at the worksite and made available for inspection.

(4) After a facility component covered with, coated with, or containing RACM has been taken out of the facility as a unit or in sections pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, it shall be stripped or contained in leak-tight wrapping, except as described in paragraph (c)(5) of this section. If stripped, either:

(i) Adequately wet the RACM during stripping; or

(ii) Use a local exhaust ventilation and collection system designed and operated to capture the particulate asbestos material produced by the stripping. The system must exhibit no visible emissions to the outside air or be designed and operated in accordance with the requirements in §61.152.

(5) For large facility components such as reactor vessels, large tanks, and steam generators, but not beams (which must be handled in accordance with paragraphs (c)(2), (3), and (4) of this section), the RACM is not required to be stripped if the following requirements are met:

(i) The component is removed, transported, stored, disposed of, or reused without disturbing or damaging the RACM.

(ii) The component is encased in a leak-tight wrapping.

(iii) The leak-tight wrapping is labeled according to §61.149(d)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) during all loading and unloading operations and during storage.

(6) For all RACM, including material that has been removed or stripped:

(i) Adequately wet the material and ensure that it remains wet until collected and contained or treated in preparation for disposal in accordance with §61.150; and

(ii) Carefully lower the material to the ground and floor, not dropping, throwing, sliding, or otherwise damaging or disturbing the material.

(iii) Transport the material to the ground via leak-tight chutes or containers if it has been removed or stripped more than 50 feet above ground level and was not removed as units or in sections.

(iv) RACM contained in leak-tight wrapping that has been removed in accordance with paragraphs (c)(4) and (c)(3)(i)(B)(3) of this section need not be wetted.

(7) When the temperature at the point of wetting is below 0°C (32°F):

(i) The owner or operator need not comply with paragraph (c)(2)(i) and the wetting provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(ii) The owner or operator shall remove facility components containing, coated with, or covered with RACM as units or in sections to the maximum extent possible.

(iii) During periods when wetting operations are suspended due to freezing temperatures, the owner or operator must record the temperature in the area containing the facility components at the beginning, middle, and end of each workday and keep daily temperature records available for inspection by the Administrator during normal business hours at the demolition or renovation site. The owner or operator shall retain the temperature records for at least 2 years.

(8) Effective 1 year after promulgation of this regulation, no RACM shall be stripped, removed, or otherwise handled or disturbed at a facility regulated by this section unless at least one on-site representative, such as a foreman or management-level person or other authorized representative, trained in the provisions of this regulation and the means of complying with them, is present. Every 2 years, the trained on-site individual shall receive refresher training in the provisions of this regulation. The required training shall include as a minimum: applicability; notifications; material identification; control procedures for removals including, at least, wetting, local exhaust ventilation, negative pressure enclosures, glove-bag procedures, and High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filters; waste disposal work practices; reporting and recordkeeping; and asbestos hazards and worker protection. Evidence that the required training has been completed shall be posted and made available for inspection by the Administrator at the demolition or renovation site.

(9) For facilities described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, adequately wet the portion of the facility that contains RACM during the wrecking operation.

(10) If a facility is demolished by intentional burning, all RACM including Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM must be removed in accordance with the NESHAP before burning.

[55 FR 48419, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]

§61.146 Standard for spraying.

The owner or operator of an operation in which asbestos-containing materials are spray applied shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) For spray-on application on buildings, structures, pipes, and conduits, do not use material containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.

(b) For spray-on application of materials that contain more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy, on equipment and machinery, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section:

(1) Notify the Administrator at least 20 days before beginning the spraying operation. Include the following information in the notice:

(i) Name and address of owner or operator.

(ii) Location of spraying operation.

(iii) Procedures to be followed to meet the requirements of this paragraph.

(2) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from spray-on application of the asbestos-containing material or use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.

(c) The requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply to the spray-on application of materials where the asbestos fibers in the materials are encapsulated with a bituminous or resinous binder during spraying and the materials are not friable after drying.

(d) Owners or operators of sources subject to this paragraph are exempt from the requirements of §§61.05(a), 61.07 and 61.09.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48424, Nov. 20, 1990; 60 FR 31920, June 19, 1995]

§61.147 Standard for fabricating.

(a) Applicability. This section applies to the following fabricating operations using commercial asbestos:

(1) The fabrication of cement building products.

(2) The fabrication of friction products, except those operations that primarily install asbestos friction materials on motor vehicles.

(3) The fabrication of cement or silicate board for ventilation hoods; ovens; electrical panels; laboratory furniture, bulkheads, partitions, and ceilings for marine construction; and flow control devices for the molten metal industry.

(b) Standard. Each owner or operator of any of the fabricating operations to which this section applies shall either:

(1) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from any of the operations or from any building or structure in which they are conducted or from any other fugitive sources; or

(2) Use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.

(3) Monitor each potential source of asbestos emissions from any part of the fabricating facility, including air cleaning devices, process equipment, and buildings that house equipment for material processing and handling, at least once each day, during daylight hours, for visible emissions to the outside air during periods of operation. The monitoring shall be by visual observation of at least 15 seconds duration per source of emissions.

(4) Inspect each air cleaning device at least once each week for proper operation and for changes that signal the potential for malfunctions, including, to the maximum extent possible without dismantling other than opening the device, the presence of tears, holes, and abrasions in filter bags and for dust deposits on the clean side of bags. For air cleaning devices that cannot be inspected on a weekly basis according to this paragraph, submit to the Administrator, and revise as necessary, a written maintenance plan to include, at a minimum, the following:

(i) Maintenance schedule.

(ii) Recordkeeping plan.

(5) Maintain records of the results of visible emission monitoring and air cleaning device inspections using a format similar to that shown in Figures 1 and 2 and include the following:

(i) Date and time of each inspection.

(ii) Presence or absence of visible emissions.

(iii) Condition of fabric filters, including presence of any tears, holes, and abrasions.

(iv) Presence of dust deposits on clean side of fabric filters.

(v) Brief description of corrective actions taken, including date and time.

(vi) Daily hours of operation for each air cleaning device.

(6) Furnish upon request and make available at the affected facility during normal business hours for inspection by the Administrator, all records required under this section.

(7) Retain a copy of all monitoring and inspection records for at least 2 years.

(8) Submit semiannually a copy of the visible emission monitoring records to the Administrator if visible emission occurred during the report period. Semiannual reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of the six-month period.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48424, Nov. 20, 1991; 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]

§61.148 Standard for insulating materials.

No owner or operator of a facility may install or reinstall on a facility component any insulating materials that contain commercial asbestos if the materials are either molded and friable or wet-applied and friable after drying. The provisions of this section do not apply to spray-applied insulating materials regulated under §61.146.

[55 FR 48424, Nov. 20, 1990]

§61.149 Standard for waste disposal for asbestos mills.

Each owner or operator of any source covered under the provisions of §61.142 shall:

(a) Deposit all asbestos-containing waste material at a waste disposal site operated in accordance with the provisions of §61.154; and

(b) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from the transfer of control device asbestos waste to the tailings conveyor, or use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air. Dispose of the asbestos waste from control devices in accordance with §61.150(a) or paragraph (c) of this section; and

(c) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air during the collection, processing, packaging, or on-site transporting of any asbestos-containing waste material, or use one of the disposal methods specified in paragraphs (c) (1) or (2) of this section, as follows:

(1) Use a wetting agent as follows:

(i) Adequately mix all asbestos-containing waste material with a wetting agent recommended by the manufacturer of the agent to effectively wet dust and tailings, before depositing the material at a waste disposal site. Use the agent as recommended for the particular dust by the manufacturer of the agent.

(ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from the wetting operation or use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.

(iii) Wetting may be suspended when the ambient temperature at the waste disposal site is less than −9.5°C (15°F), as determined by an appropriate measurement method with an accuracy of ±1°C (±2°F). During periods when wetting operations are suspended, the temperature must be recorded at least at hourly intervals, and records must be retained for at least 2 years in a form suitable for inspection.

(2) Use an alternative emission control and waste treatment method that has received prior written approval by the Administrator. To obtain approval for an alternative method, a written application must be submitted to the Administrator demonstrating that the following criteria are met:

(i) The alternative method will control asbestos emissions equivalent to currently required methods.

(ii) The suitability of the alternative method for the intended application.

(iii) The alternative method will not violate other regulations.

(iv) The alternative method will not result in increased water pollution, land pollution, or occupational hazards.

(d) When waste is transported by vehicle to a disposal site:

(1) Mark vehicles used to transport asbestos-containing waste material during the loading and unloading of the waste so that the signs are visible. The markings must:

(i) Be displayed in such a manner and location that a person can easily read the legend.

(ii) Conform to the requirements for 51 cm × 36 cm (20 in × 14 in) upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910.145(d)(4) and this paragraph; and

(iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those specified in this paragraph.

Legend

DANGER

ASBESTOS DUST HAZARD

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

Authorized Personnel Only

Notation

2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif, Gothic or Block

2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif, Gothic or Block

1.9 cm ( ³/₄ inch) Sans Serif, Gothic or Block

14 Point Gothic

Spacing between any two lines must be a least equal to the height of the upper of the two lines.

(2) For off-site disposal, provide a copy of the waste shipment record, described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, to the disposal site owner or operator at the same time as the asbestos-containing waste material is delivered to the disposal site.

(e) For all asbestos-containing waste material transported off the facility site:

(1) Maintain asbestos waste shipment records, using a form similar to that shown in Figure 4, and include the following information:

(i) The name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator.

(ii) The name and address of the local, State, or EPA Regional agency responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program.

(iii) The quantity of the asbestos-containing waste material in cubic meters (cubic yards).

(iv) The name and telephone number of the disposal site operator.

(v) The name and physical site location of the disposal site.

(vi) The date transported.

(vii) The name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s).

(viii) A certification that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described by proper shipping name and are classified, packed, marked, and labeled, and are in all respects in proper condition for transport by highway according to applicable international and government regulations.

(2) For waste shipments where a copy of the waste shipment record, signed by the owner or operator of the designated disposal site, is not received by the waste generator within 35 days of the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter, contact the transporter and/or the owner or operator of the designated disposal site to determine the status of the waste shipment.

(3) Report in writing to the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the waste generator if a copy of the waste shipment record, signed by the owner or operator of the designated waste disposal site, is not received by the waste generator within 45 days of the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter. Include in the report the following information:

(i) A copy of the waste shipment record for which a confirmation of delivery was not received, and

(ii) A cover letter signed by the waste generator explaining the efforts taken to locate the asbestos waste shipment and the results of those efforts.

(4) Retain a copy of all waste shipment records, including a copy of the waste shipment record signed by the owner or operator of the designated waste disposal site, for at least 2 years.

(f) Furnish upon request, and make available for inspection by the Administrator, all records required under this section.

§61.150 Standard for waste disposal for manufacturing, fabricating, demolition, renovation, and spraying operations.

Each owner or operator of any source covered under the provisions of §§61.144, 61.145, 61.146, and 61.147 shall comply with the following provisions:

(a) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air during the collection, processing (including incineration), packaging, or transporting of any asbestos-containing waste material generated by the source, or use one of the emission control and waste treatment methods specified in paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this section.

(1) Adequately wet asbestos-containing waste material as follows:

(i) Mix control device asbestos waste to form a slurry; adequately wet other asbestos-containing waste material; and

(ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from collection, mixing, wetting, and handling operations, or use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air; and

(iii) After wetting, seal all asbestos-containing waste material in leak-tight containers while wet; or, for materials that will not fit into containers without additional breaking, put materials into leak-tight wrapping; and

(iv) Label the containers or wrapped materials specified in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section using warning labels specified by Occupational Safety and Health Standards of the Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) under 29 CFR 1910.1001(j)(4) or 1926.1101(k)(8). The labels shall be printed in letters of sufficient size and contrast so as to be readily visible and legible.

(v) For asbestos-containing waste material to be transported off the facility site, label containers or wrapped materials with the name of the waste generator and the location at which the waste was generated.

(2) Process asbestos-containing waste material into nonfriable forms as follows:

(i) Form all asbestos-containing waste material into nonfriable pellets or other shapes;

(ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from collection and processing operations, including incineration, or use the method specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.

(3) For facilities demolished where the RACM is not removed prior to demolition according to §§61.145(c)(1) (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) or for facilities demolished according to §61.145(c)(9), adequately wet asbestos-containing waste material at all times after demolition and keep wet during handling and loading for transport to a disposal site. Asbestos-containing waste materials covered by this paragraph do not have to be sealed in leak-tight containers or wrapping but may be transported and disposed of in bulk.

(4) Use an alternative emission control and waste treatment method that has received prior approval by the Administrator according to the procedure described in §61.149(c)(2).

(5) As applied to demolition and renovation, the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to Category I nonfriable ACM waste and Category II nonfriable ACM waste that did not become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder.

(b) All asbestos-containing waste material shall be deposited as soon as is practical by the waste generator at:

(1) A waste disposal site operated in accordance with the provisions of §61.154, or

(2) An EPA-approved site that converts RACM and asbestos-containing waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material according to the provisions of §61.155.

(3) The requirements of paragraph (b) of this section do not apply to Category I nonfriable ACM that is not RACM.

(c) Mark vehicles used to transport asbestos-containing waste material during the loading and unloading of waste so that the signs are visible. The markings must conform to the requirements of §§61.149(d)(1) (i), (ii), and (iii).

(d) For all asbestos-containing waste material transported off the facility site:

(1) Maintain waste shipment records, using a form similar to that shown in Figure 4, and include the following information:

(i) The name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator.

(ii) The name and address of the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program.

(iii) The approximate quantity in cubic meters (cubic yards).

(iv) The name and telephone number of the disposal site operator.

(v) The name and physical site location of the disposal site.

(vi) The date transported.

(vii) The name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s).

(viii) A certification that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described by proper shipping name and are classified, packed, marked, and labeled, and are in all respects in proper condition for transport by highway according to applicable international and government regulations.

(2) Provide a copy of the waste shipment record, described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, to the disposal site owners or operators at the same time as the asbestos-containing waste material is delivered to the disposal site.

(3) For waste shipments where a copy of the waste shipment record, signed by the owner or operator of the designated disposal site, is not received by the waste generator within 35 days of the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter, contact the transporter and/or the owner or operator of the designated disposal site to determine the status of the waste shipment.

(4) Report in writing to the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the waste generator if a copy of the waste shipment record, signed by the owner or operator of the designated waste disposal site, is not received by the waste generator within 45 days of the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter. Include in the report the following information:

(i) A copy of the waste shipment record for which a confirmation of delivery was not received, and

(ii) A cover letter signed by the waste generator explaining the efforts taken to locate the asbestos waste shipment and the results of those efforts.

(5) Retain a copy of all waste shipment records, including a copy of the waste shipment record signed by the owner or operator of the designated waste disposal site, for at least 2 years.

(e) Furnish upon request, and make available for inspection by the Administrator, all records required under this section.

[55 FR 48429, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991, as amended at 68 FR 54793, Sept. 18, 2003]

§61.151 Standard for inactive waste disposal sites for asbestos mills and manufacturing and fabricating operations.

Each owner or operator of any inactive waste disposal site that was operated by sources covered under §61.142, 61.144, or 61.147 and received deposits of asbestos-containing waste material generated by the sources, shall:

(a) Comply with one of the following:

(1) Either discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from an inactive waste disposal site subject to this paragraph; or

(2) Cover the asbestos-containing waste material with at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) of compacted nonasbestos-containing material, and grow and maintain a cover of vegetation on the area adequate to prevent exposure of the asbestos-containing waste material. In desert areas where vegetation would be difficult to maintain, at least 8 additional centimeters (3 inches) of well-graded, nonasbestos crushed rock may be placed on top of the final cover instead of vegetation and maintained to prevent emissions; or

(3) Cover the asbestos-containing waste material with at least 60 centimeters (2 feet) of compacted nonasbestos-containing material, and maintain it to prevent exposure of the asbestos-containing waste; or

(4) For inactive waste disposal sites for asbestos tailings, a resinous or petroleum-based dust suppression agent that effectively binds dust to control surface air emissions may be used instead of the methods in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section. Use the agent in the manner and frequency recommended for the particular asbestos tailings by the manufacturer of the dust suppression agent to achieve and maintain dust control. Obtain prior written approval of the Administrator to use other equally effective dust suppression agents. For purposes of this paragraph, any used, spent, or other waste oil is not considered a dust suppression agent.

(b) Unless a natural barrier adequately deters access by the general public, install and maintain warning signs and fencing as follows, or comply with paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section.

(1) Display warning signs at all entrances and at intervals of 100 m (328 ft) or less along the property line of the site or along the perimeter of the sections of the site where asbestos-containing waste material was deposited. The warning signs must:

(i) Be posted in such a manner and location that a person can easily read the legend; and

(ii) Conform to the requirements for 51 cm × 36 cm (20″ × 14″) upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910.145(d)(4) and this paragraph; and

(iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those specified in this paragraph.

Spacing between any two lines must be at least equal to the height of the upper of the two lines.

(2) Fence the perimeter of the site in a manner adequate to deter access by the general public.

(3) When requesting a determination on whether a natural barrier adequately deters public access, supply information enabling the Administrator to determine whether a fence or a natural barrier adequately deters access by the general public.

(c) The owner or operator may use an alternative control method that has received prior approval of the Administrator rather than comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.

(d) Notify the Administrator in writing at least 45 days prior to excavating or otherwise disturbing any asbestos-containing waste material that has been deposited at a waste disposal site under this section, and follow the procedures specified in the notification. If the excavation will begin on a date other than the one contained in the original notice, notice of the new start date must be provided to the Administrator at least 10 working days before excavation begins and in no event shall excavation begin earlier than the date specified in the original notification. Include the following information in the notice:

(1) Scheduled starting and completion dates.

(2) Reason for disturbing the waste.

(3) Procedures to be used to control emissions during the excavation, storage, transport, and ultimate disposal of the excavated asbestos-containing waste material. If deemed necessary, the Administrator may require changes in the emission control procedures to be used.

(4) Location of any temporary storage site and the final disposal site.

(e) Within 60 days of a site becoming inactive and after the effective date of this subpart, record, in accordance with State law, a notation on the deed to the facility property and on any other instrument that would normally be examined during a title search; this notation will in perpetuity notify any potential purchaser of the property that:

(1) The land has been used for the disposal of asbestos-containing waste material;

(2) The survey plot and record of the location and quantity of asbestos-containing waste disposed of within the disposal site required in §61.154(f) have been filed with the Administrator; and

(3) The site is subject to 40 CFR part 61, subpart M.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984, as amended at 53 FR 36972, Sept. 23, 1988. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48429, Nov. 20, 1990]

§61.152 Air-cleaning.

(a) The owner or operator who uses air cleaning, as specified in §§61.142(a), 61.144(b)(2), 61.145(c)(3)(i)(B)(1), 61.145(c)(4)(ii), 61.145(c)(11)(i), 61.146(b)(2), 61.147(b)(2), 61.149(b), 61.149(c)(1)(ii), 61.150(a)(1)(ii), 61.150(a)(2)(ii), and 61.155(e) shall:

(1) Use fabric filter collection devices, except as noted in paragraph (b) of this section, doing all of the following:

(i) Ensuring that the airflow permeability, as determined by ASTM Method D737-75, does not exceed 9 m ³/min/m ² (30 ft ³/min/ft ²) for woven fabrics or 11 ³/min/m ²(35 ft ³/min/ft ²) for felted fabrics, except that 12 m ³/min/m ² (40 ft ³min/ft ²) for woven and 14 m ³/min/m ² (45 ft ³min/ft ²) for felted fabrics is allowed for filtering air from asbestos ore dryers; and

(ii) Ensuring that felted fabric weighs at least 475 grams per square meter (14 ounces per square yard) and is at least 1.6 millimeters (one-sixteenth inch) thick throughout; and

(iii) Avoiding the use of synthetic fabrics that contain fill yarn other than that which is spun.

(2) Properly install, use, operate, and maintain all air-cleaning equipment authorized by this section. Bypass devices may be used only during upset or emergency conditions and then only for so long as it takes to shut down the operation generating the particulate asbestos material.

(3) For fabric filter collection devices installed after January 10, 1989, provide for easy inspection for faulty bags.

(b) There are the following exceptions to paragraph (a)(1):

(1) After January 10, 1989, if the use of fabric creates a fire or explosion hazard, or the Administrator determines that a fabric filter is not feasible, the Administrator may authorize as a substitute the use of wet collectors designed to operate with a unit contacting energy of at least 9.95 kilopascals (40 inches water gage pressure).

(2) Use a HEPA filter that is certified to be at least 99.97 percent efficient for 0.3 micron particles.

(3) The Administrator may authorize the use of filtering equipment other than described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(1) and (2) of this section if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Administrator's satisfaction that it is equivalent to the described equipment in filtering particulate asbestos material.

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984; 49 FR 25453, June 21, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 8199, Mar. 10, 1986. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48430, Nov. 20, 1990]

§61.153 Reporting.

(a) Any new source to which this subpart applies (with the exception of sources subject to §§61.143, 61.145, 61.146, and 61.148), which has an initial startup date preceding the effective date of this revision, shall provide the following information to the Administrator postmarked or delivered within 90 days of the effective date. In the case of a new source that does not have an initial startup date preceding the effective date, the information shall be provided, postmarked or delivered, within 90 days of the initial startup date. Any owner or operator of an existing source shall provide the following information to the Administrator within 90 days of the effective date of this subpart unless the owner or operator of the existing source has previously provided this information to the Administrator. Any changes in the information provided by any existing source shall be provided to the Administrator, postmarked or delivered, within 30 days after the change.

(1) A description of the emission control equipment used for each process; and

(i) If the fabric device uses a woven fabric, the airflow permeability in m ³/min/m ² and; if the fabric is synthetic, whether the fill yarn is spun or not spun; and

(ii) If the fabric filter device uses a felted fabric, the density in g/m ², the minimum thickness in inches, and the airflow permeability in m ³/min/m ².

(2) If a fabric filter device is used to control emissions,

(i) The airflow permeability in m ³/min/m ² (ft ³/min/ft ²) if the fabric filter device uses a woven fabric, and, if the fabric is synthetic, whether the fill yarn is spun or not spun; and

(ii) If the fabric filter device uses a felted fabric, the density in g/m ² (oz/yd ²), the minimum thickness in millimeters (inches), and the airflow permeability in m ³/min/m ² (ft ³/min/ft ²).

(3) If a HEPA filter is used to control emissions, the certified efficiency.

(4) For sources subject to §§61.149 and 61.150:

(i) A brief description of each process that generates asbestos-containing waste material; and

(ii) The average volume of asbestos-containing waste material disposed of, measured in m ³/day (yd ³/day); and

(iii) The emission control methods used in all stages of waste disposal; and

(iv) The type of disposal site or incineration site used for ultimate disposal, the name of the site operator, and the name and location of the disposal site.

(5) For sources subject to §§61.151 and 61.154:

(i) A brief description of the site; and

(ii) The method or methods used to comply with the standard, or alternative procedures to be used.

(b) The information required by paragraph (a) of this section must accompany the information required by §61.10. Active waste disposal sites subject to §61.154 shall also comply with this provision. Roadways, demolition and renovation, spraying, and insulating materials are exempted from the requirements of §61.10(a). The information described in this section must be reported using the format of appendix A of this part as a guide.

(Sec. 114. Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. 7414))

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1984. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48430, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]

§61.154 Standard for active waste disposal sites.

Each owner or operator of an active waste disposal site that receives asbestos-containing waste material from a source covered under §61.149, 61.150, or 61.155 shall meet the requirements of this section:

(a) Either there must be no visible emissions to the outside air from any active waste disposal site where asbestos-containing waste material has been deposited, or the requirements of paragraph (c) or (d) of this section must be met.

(b) Unless a natural barrier adequately deters access by the general public, either warning signs and fencing must be installed and maintained as follows, or the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be met.

(1) Warning signs must be displayed at all entrances and at intervals of 100 m (330 ft) or less along the property line of the site or along the perimeter of the sections of the site where asbestos-containing waste material is deposited. The warning signs must:

(i) Be posted in such a manner and location that a person can easily read the legend; and

(ii) Conform to the requirements of 51 cm × 36 cm (20″ × 14″) upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910.145(d)(4) and this paragraph; and

(iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those specified in this paragraph.

Spacing between any two lines must be at least equal to the height of the upper of the two lines.

(2) The perimeter of the disposal site must be fenced in a manner adequate to deter access by the general public.

(3) Upon request and supply of appropriate information, the Administrator will determine whether a fence or a natural barrier adequately deters access by the general public.

(c) Rather than meet the no visible emission requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, at the end of each operating day, or at least once every 24-hour period while the site is in continuous operation, the asbestos-containing waste material that has been deposited at the site during the operating day or previous 24-hour period shall:

(1) Be covered with at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) of compacted nonasbestos-containing material, or

(2) Be covered with a resinous or petroleum-based dust suppression agent that effectively binds dust and controls wind erosion. Such an agent shall be used in the manner and frequency recommended for the particular dust by the dust suppression agent manufacturer to achieve and maintain dust control. Other equally effective dust suppression agents may be used upon prior approval by the Administrator. For purposes of this paragraph, any used, spent, or other waste oil is not considered a dust suppression agent.

(d) Rather than meet the no visible emission requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, use an alternative emissions control method that has received prior written approval by the Administrator according to the procedures described in §61.149(c)(2).

(e) For all asbestos-containing waste material received, the owner or operator of the active waste disposal site shall:

(1) Maintain waste shipment records, using a form similar to that shown in Figure 4, and include the following information:

(i) The name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator.

(ii) The name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s).

(iii) The quantity of the asbestos-containing waste material in cubic meters (cubic yards).

(iv) The presence of improperly enclosed or uncovered waste, or any asbestos-containing waste material not sealed in leak-tight containers. Report in writing to the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the waste generator (identified in the waste shipment record), and, if different, the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the disposal site, by the following working day, the presence of a significant amount of improperly enclosed or uncovered waste. Submit a copy of the waste shipment record along with the report.

(v) The date of the receipt.

(2) As soon as possible and no longer than 30 days after receipt of the waste, send a copy of the signed waste shipment record to the waste generator.

(3) Upon discovering a discrepancy between the quantity of waste designated on the waste shipment records and the quantity actually received, attempt to reconcile the discrepancy with the waste generator. If the discrepancy is not resolved within 15 days after receiving the waste, immediately report in writing to the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the waste generator (identified in the waste shipment record), and, if different, the local, State, or EPA Regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program for the disposal site. Describe the discrepancy and attempts to reconcile it, and submit a copy of the waste shipment record along with the report.

(4) Retain a copy of all records and reports required by this paragraph for at least 2 years.

(f) Maintain, until closure, records of the location, depth and area, and quantity in cubic meters (cubic yards) of asbestos-containing waste material within the disposal site on a map or diagram of the disposal area.

(g) Upon closure, comply with all the provisions of §61.151.

(h) Submit to the Administrator, upon closure of the facility, a copy of records of asbestos waste disposal locations and quantities.

(i) Furnish upon request, and make available during normal business hours for inspection by the Administrator, all records required under this section.

(j) Notify the Administrator in writing at least 45 days prior to excavating or otherwise disturbing any asbestos-containing waste material that has been deposited at a waste disposal site and is covered. If the excavation will begin on a date other than the one contained in the original notice, notice of the new start date must be provided to the Administrator at least 10 working days before excavation begins and in no event shall excavation begin earlier than the date specified in the original notification. Include the following information in the notice:

(1) Scheduled starting and completion dates.

(2) Reason for disturbing the waste.

(3) Procedures to be used to control emissions during the excavation, storage, transport, and ultimate disposal of the excavated asbestos-containing waste material. If deemed necessary, the Administrator may require changes in the emission control procedures to be used.

(4) Location of any temporary storage site and the final disposal site.

(Secs. 112 and 301(a) of the Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. 7412, 7601(a))

[49 FR 13661, Apr. 5, 1990. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 48431, Nov. 20, 1990; 56 FR 1669, Jan. 16, 1991]

§61.155 Standard for operations that convert asbestos-containing waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material.

Each owner or operator of an operation that converts RACM and asbestos-containing waste material into nonasbestos (asbestos-free) material shall:

(a) Obtain the prior written approval of the Administrator to construct the facility. To obtain approval, the owner or operator shall provide the Administrator with the following information:

(1) Application to construct pursuant to §61.07.

(2) In addition to the information requirements of §61.07(b)(3), a

(i) Description of waste feed handling and temporary storage.

(ii) Description of process operating conditions.

(iii) Description of the handling and temporary storage of the end product.

(iv) Description of the protocol to be followed when analyzing output materials by transmission electron microscopy.

(3) Performance test protocol, including provisions for obtaining information required under paragraph (b) of this section.

(4) The Administrator may require that a demonstration of the process be performed prior to approval of the application to construct.

(b) Conduct a start-up performance test. Test results shall include:

(1) A detailed description of the types and quantities of nonasbestos material, RACM, and asbestos-containing waste material processed, e.g., asbestos cement products, friable asbestos insulation, plaster, wood, plastic, wire, etc. Test feed is to include the full range of materials that will be encountered in actual operation of the process.

(2) Results of analyses, using polarized light microscopy, that document the asbestos content of the wastes processed.

(3) Results of analyses, using transmission electron microscopy, that document that the output materials are free of asbestos. Samples for analysis are to be collected as 8-hour composite samples (one 200-gram (7-ounce) sample per hour), beginning with the initial introduction of RACM or asbestos-containing waste material and continuing until the end of the performance test.

(4) A description of operating parameters, such as temperature and residence time, defining the full range over which the process is expected to operate to produce nonasbestos (asbestos-free) materials. Specify the limits for each operating parameter within which the process will produce nonasbestos (asbestos-free) materials.

(5) The length of the test.

(c) During the initial 90 days of operation,

(1) Continuously monitor and log the operating parameters identified during start-up performance tests that are intended to ensure the production of nonasbestos (asbestos-free) output material.

(2) Monitor input materials to ensure that they are consistent with the test feed materials described during start-up performance tests in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(3) Collect and analyze samples, taken as 10-day composite samples (one 200-gram (7-ounce) sample collected every 8 hours of operation) of all output material for the presence of asbestos. Composite samples may be for fewer than 10 days. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) shall be used to analyze the output material for the presence of asbestos. During the initial 90-day period, all output materials must be stored on-site until analysis shows the material to be asbestos-free or disposed of as asbestos-containing waste material according to §61.150.

(d) After the initial 90 days of operation,

(1) Continuously monitor and record the operating parameters identified during start-up performance testing and any subsequent performance testing. Any output produced during a period of deviation from the range of operating conditions established to ensure the production of nonasbestos (asbestos-free) output materials shall be:

(i) Disposed of as asbestos-containing waste material according to §61.150, or

(ii) Recycled as waste feed during process operation within the established range of operating conditions, or

(iii) Stored temporarily on-site in a leak-tight container until analyzed for asbestos content. Any product material that is not asbestos-free shall be either disposed of as asbestos-containing waste material or recycled as waste feed to the process.

(2) Collect and analyze monthly composite samples (one 200-gram (7-ounce) sample collected every 8 hours of operation) of the output material. Transmission electron microscopy shall be used to analyze the output material for the presence of asbestos.

(e) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from any part of the operation, or use the methods specified by §61.152 to clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.

(f) Maintain records on-site and include the following information:

(1) Results of start-up performance testing and all subsequent performance testing, including operating parameters, feed characteristic, and analyses of output materials.

(2) Results of the composite analyses required during the initial 90 days of operation under §61.155(c).

(3) Results of the monthly composite analyses required under §61.155(d).

(4) Results of continuous monitoring and logs of process operating parameters required under §61.155 (c) and (d).

(5) The information on waste shipments received as required in §61.154(e).

(6) For output materials where no analyses were performed to determine the presence of asbestos, record the name and location of the purchaser or disposal site to which the output materials were sold or deposited, and the date of sale or disposal.

(7) Retain records required by paragraph (f) of this section for at least 2 years.

(g) Submit the following reports to the Administrator:

(1) A report for each analysis of product composite samples performed during the initial 90 days of operation.

(2) A quarterly report, including the following information concerning activities during each consecutive 3-month period:

(i) Results of analyses of monthly product composite samples.

(ii) A description of any deviation from the operating parameters established during performance testing, the duration of the deviation, and steps taken to correct the deviation.

(iii) Disposition of any product produced during a period of deviation, including whether it was recycled, disposed of as asbestos-containing waste material, or stored temporarily on-site until analyzed for asbestos content.

(iv) The information on waste disposal activities as required in §61.154(f).

(h) Nonasbestos (asbestos-free) output material is not subject to any of the provisions of this subpart. Output materials in which asbestos is detected, or output materials produced when the operating parameters deviated from those established during the start-up performance testing, unless shown by TEM analysis to be asbestos-free, shall be considered to be asbestos-containing waste and shall be handled and disposed of according to §§61.150 and 61.154 or reprocessed while all of the established operating parameters are being met.

[55 FR 48431, Nov. 20, 1990]

§61.156 Cross-reference to other asbestos regulations.

In addition to this subpart, the regulations referenced in Table 1 also apply to asbestos and may be applicable to those sources specified in §§61.142 through 61.151, 61.154, and 61.155 of this subpart. These cross-references are presented for the reader's information and to promote compliance with the cited regulations.

[55 FR 48432, Nov. 20, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 31920, June 19, 1995; 68 FR 54793, Sept. 18, 2003; 69 FR 43324, July 20, 2004]

§61.157 Delegation of authority.

(a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a State under section 112(d) of the Act, the authorities contained in paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator and not transferred to a State.

(b) Authorities that will not be delegated to States:

(1) Section 61.149(c)(2)

(2) Section 61.150(a)(4)

(3) Section 61.151(c)

(4) Section 61.152(b)(3)

(5) Section 61.154(d)

(6) Section 61.155(a).

[55 FR 48433, Nov. 20, 1990]

Appendix A to Subpart M of Part 61 - Interpretive Rule Governing Roof Removal Operations

I. Applicability of the Asbestos NESHAP

1.1. Asbestos-containing material (ACM) is material containing more than one percent asbestos as determined using the methods specified in appendix E, subpart E, 40 CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy. The NESHAP classifies ACM as either “friable” or “nonfriable”. Friable ACM is ACM that, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure. Nonfriable ACM is ACM that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure.

1.2. Nonfriable ACM is further classified as either Category I ACM or Category II ACM. Category I ACM and Category II ACM are distinguished from each other by their potential to release fibers when damaged. Category I ACM includes asbestos-containing gaskets, packings, resilient floor coverings, resilient floor covering mastic, and asphalt roofing products containing more than one percent asbestos. Asphalt roofing products which may contain asbestos include built-up roofing; asphalt-containing single ply membrane systems; asphalt shingles; asphalt-containing underlayment felts; asphalt-containing roof coatings and mastics; and asphalt-containing base flashings. ACM roofing products that use other bituminous or resinous binders (such as coal tars or pitches) are also considered to be Category I ACM. Category II ACM includes all other nonfriable ACM, for example, asbestos-cement (A/C) shingles, A/C tiles, and transite boards or panels containing more than one percent asbestos. Generally speaking, Category II ACM is more likely to become friable when damaged than is Category I ACM. The applicability of the NESHAP to Category I and II ACM depends on: (1) the condition of the material at the time of demolition or renovation, (2) the nature of the operation to which the material will be subjected, (3) the amount of ACM involved.

1.3. Asbestos-containing material regulated under the NESHAP is referred to as “regulated asbestos-containing material” (RACM). RACM is defined in §61.141 of the NESHAP and includes: (1) friable asbestos-containing material; (2) Category I nonfriable ACM that has become friable; (3) Category I nonfriable ACM that has been or will be sanded, ground, cut, or abraded; or (4) Category II nonfriable ACM that has already been or is likely to become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder. If the coverage threshold for RACM is met or exceeded in a renovation or demolition operation, then all friable ACM in the operation, and in certain situations, nonfriable ACM in the operation, are subject to the NESHAP.

A. Threshold Amounts of Asbestos-Containing Roofing Material

1.A.1. The NESHAP does not cover roofing projects on single family homes or on residential buildings containing four or fewer dwelling units. 40 CFR 61.141. For other roofing renovation projects, if the total asbestos-containing roof area undergoing renovation is less than 160 ft ², the NESHAP does not apply, regardless of the removal method to be used, the type of material (Category I or II), or its condition (friable versus nonfriable). 40 CFR 61.145(a)(4). However, EPA would recommend the use of methods that damage asbestos-containing roofing material as little as possible. EPA has determined that where a rotating blade (RB) roof cutter or equipment that similarly damages the roofing material is used to remove Category I nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing material, the removal of 5580 ft ² of that material will create 160 ft ² of RACM. For the purposes of this interpretive rule, “RB roof cutter” means an engine-powered roof cutting machine with one or more rotating cutting blades the edges of which are blunt. (Equipment with blades having sharp or tapered edges, and/or which does not use a rotating blade, is used for “slicing” rather than “cutting” the roofing material; such equipment is not included in the term “RB roof cutter”.) Therefore, it is EPA's interpretation that when an RB roof cutter or equipment that similarly damages the roofing material is used to remove Category I nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing material, any project that is 5580 ft ² or greater is subject to the NESHAP; conversely, it is EPA's interpretation that when an RB roof cutter or equipment that similarly damages the roofing material is used to remove Category I nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing material in a roof removal project that is less than 5580 ft ², the project is not subject to the NESHAP, except that notification is always required for demolitions. EPA further construes the NESHAP to mean that if slicing or other methods that do not sand, grind, cut or abrade will be used on Category I nonfriable ACM, the NESHAP does not apply, regardless of the area of roof to be removed.

1.A.2. For asbestos cement (A/C) shingles (or other Category II roofing material), if the area of the roofing material to be removed is at least 160 ft ² and the removal methods will crumble, pulverize, reduce to powder, or contaminate with RACM (from other ACM that has been crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder) 160 ft ² or more of such roofing material, the removal is subject to the NESHAP. Conversely, if the area of the A/C shingles (or other Category II roofing materials) to be removed is less than 160 ft ², the removal is not subject to the NESHAP regardless of the removal method used, except that notification is always required for demolitions. 40 CFR 61.145(a). However, EPA would recommend the use of methods that damage asbestos-containing roofing material as little as possible. If A/C shingles (or other Category II roofing materials) are removed without 160 ft ² or more of such roofing material being crumbled, pulverized, reduced to powder, or contaminated with RACM (from other ACM that has been crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder), the operation is not subject to the NESHAP, even where the total area of the roofing material to be removed exceeds 160 ft ²; provided, however, that if the renovation includes other operations involving RACM, the roof removal operation is covered if the total area of RACM from all renovation activities exceeds 160 ft ². See the definition of regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM), 40 CFR 61.141.

1.A.3. Only roofing material that meets the definition of ACM can qualify as RACM subject to the NESHAP. Therefore, to determine if a removal operation that meets or exceeds the coverage threshold is subject to the NESHAP, any suspect roofing material (i.e. roofing material that may be ACM) should be tested for asbestos. If any such roofing material contains more than one percent asbestos and if the removal operation is covered by the NESHAP, then EPA must be notified and the work practices in §61.145(c) must be followed. In EPA's view, if a removal operation involves at least the threshold level of suspect material, a roofing contractor may choose not to test for asbestos if the contractor follows the notification and work practice requirements of the NESHAP.

B. A/C Shingle Removal (Category II ACM Removal)

1.B.1. A/C shingles, which are Category II nonfriable ACM, become regulated ACM if the material has a high probability of becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by the forces expected to act on the material in the course of demolition or renovation operations. 40 CFR 61.141. However, merely breaking an A/C shingle (or any other category II ACM) that is not friable may not necessarily cause the material to become RACM. A/C shingles are typically nailed to buildings on which they are attached. EPA believes that the extent of breakage that will normally result from carefully removing A/C shingles and lowering the shingles to the ground will not result in crumbling, pulverizing or reducing the shingles to powder. Conversely, the extent of breakage that will normally occur if the A/C shingles are dropped from a building or scraped off of a building with heavy machinery would cause the shingles to become RACM. EPA therefore construes the NESHAP to mean that the removal of A/C shingles that are not friable, using methods that do not crumble, pulverize, or reduce the A/C shingles to powder (such as pry bars, spud bars and shovels to carefully pry the material), is not subject to the NESHAP provided that the A/C shingles are properly handled during and after removal, as discussed in this paragraph and the asbestos NESHAP. This interpretation also applies to other Category II nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing materials.

C. Cutting vs. Slicing and Manual Methods for Removal of Category I ACM

1.C.1. Because of damage to the roofing material, and the potential for fiber release, roof removal operations using rotating blade (RB) roof cutters or other equipment that sand, grind, cut or abrade the roof material are subject to the NESHAP. As EPA interprets the NESHAP, the use of certain manual methods (using equipment such as axes, hatchets, or knives, spud bars, pry bars, and shovels, but not saws) or methods that slice, shear, or punch (using equipment such as a power slicer or power plow) does not constitute “cutting, sanding, grinding or abrading.” This is because these methods do not destroy the structural matrix or integrity of the material such that the material is crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder. Hence, it is EPA's interpretation that when such methods are used, assuming the roof material is not friable, the removal operation is not subject to the regulation.

1.C.2. Power removers or power tear-off machines are typically used to pry the roofing material up from the deck after the roof membrane has been cut. It is EPA's interpretation that when these machines are used to pry roofing material up, their use is not regulated by the NESHAP.

1.C.3. As noted previously, the NESHAP only applies to the removal of asbestos-containing roofing materials. Thus, the NESHAP does not apply to the use of RB cutters to remove non-asbestos built up roofing (BUR). On roofs containing some asbestos-containing and some non-asbestos-containing materials, coverage under the NESHAP depends on the methods used to remove each type of material in addition to other coverage thresholds specified above. For example, it is not uncommon for existing roofs to be made of non-asbestos BUR and base flashings that do contain asbestos. In that situation, EPA construes the NESHAP to be inapplicable to the removal of the non-asbestos BUR using an RB cutter so long as the RB cutter is not used to cut 5580 ft ² or more of the asbestos-containing base flashing or other asbestos-containing material into sections. In addition, the use of methods that slice, shear, punch or pry could then be used to remove the asbestos flashings and not trigger coverage under the NESHAP.

II. Notification

2.1. Notification for a demolition is always required under the NESHAP. However, EPA believes that few roof removal jobs constitute “demolitions” as defined in the NESHAP (§61.141). In particular, it is EPA's view that the removal of roofing systems (i.e., the roof membrane, insulation, surfacing, coatings, flashings, mastic, shingles, and felt underlayment), when such removal is not a part of a demolition project, constitutes a “renovation” under the NESHAP. If the operation is a renovation, and Category I roofing material is being removed using either manual methods or slicing, notification is not required by the NESHAP. If Category II material is not friable and will be removed without crumbling, pulverizing, or reducing it to powder, no notification is required. Also, if the renovation involves less than the threshold area for applicability as discussed above, then no notification is required. However, if a roof removal meets the applicability and threshold requirements under the NESHAP, then EPA (or the delegated agency) must be notified in advance of the removal in accordance with the requirements of §61.145(b), as follows:

Notification must be given in writing at least 10 working days in advance and must include the information in §61.145(b)(4), except for emergency renovations as discussed below.

The notice must be updated as necessary, including, for example, when the amount of asbestos-containing roofing material reported changes by 20 percent or more.

EPA must be notified if the start date of the roof removal changes. If the start date of a roof removal project is changed to an earlier date, EPA must be provided with a written notice of the new start date at least 10 working days in advance. If the start date changes to a later date, EPA must be notified by telephone as soon as possible before the original start date and a written notice must be sent as soon as possible.

For emergency renovations (as defined in §61.141), where work must begin immediately to avoid safety or public health hazards, equipment damage, or unreasonable financial burden, the notification must be postmarked or delivered to EPA as soon as possible, but no later than the following work day.

III. Emission Control Practices

A. Requirements To Adequately Wet and Discharge No Visible Emission

3.A.1. The principal controls contained in the NESHAP for removal operations include requirements that the affected material be adequately wetted, and that asbestos waste be handled, collected, and disposed of properly. The requirements for disposal of waste materials are discussed separately in section IV below. The emission control requirements discussed in this section III apply only to roof removal operations that are covered by the NESHAP as set forth in Section I above.

3.A.2. For any operation subject to the NESHAP, the regulation (§§61.145(c)(2)(i), (3), (6)(i)) requires that RACM be adequately wet (as defined in §61.141) during the operation that damages or disturbs the asbestos material until collected for disposal.

3.A.3. When using an RB roof cutter (or any other method that sands, grinds, cuts or abrades the roofing material) to remove Category I asbestos-containing roofing material, the emission control requirements of §61.145(c) apply as discussed in Section I above. EPA will consider a roof removal project to be in compliance with the “adequately wet” and “discharge no visible emission” requirements of the NESHAP if the RB roof cutter is equipped and operated with the following: (1) a blade guard that completely encloses the blade and extends down close to the roof surface; and (2) a device for spraying a fine mist of water inside the blade guard, and which device is in operation during the cutting of the roof.

B. Exemptions From Wetting Requirements

3.B.1. The NESHAP provides that, in certain instances, wetting may not be required during the cutting of Category I asbestos roofing material with an RB roof cutter. If EPA determines in accordance with §61.145(c)(3)(i), that wetting will unavoidably damage the building, equipment inside the building, or will present a safety hazard while stripping the ACM from a facility component that remains in place, the roof removal operation will be exempted from the requirement to wet during cutting. EPA must have sufficient written information on which to base such a decision. Before proceeding with a dry removal, the contractor must have received EPA's written approval. Such exemptions will be made on a case-by-case basis.

3.B.2. It is EPA's view that, in most instances, exemptions from the wetting requirements are not necessary. Where EPA grants an exemption from wetting because of the potential for damage to the building, damage to equipment within the building or a safety hazard, the NESHAP specifies alternative control methods (§61.145(c)(3)(i)(B)). Alternative control methods include (a) the use of local exhaust ventilation systems that capture the dust, and do not produce visible emissions, or (b) methods that are designed and operated in accordance with the requirements of §61.152, or (c) other methods that have received the written approval of EPA. EPA will consider an alternative emission control method in compliance with the NESHAP if the method has received written approval from EPA and the method is being implemented consistent with the approved procedures (§61.145(c)(3)(ii) or §61.152(b)(3)).

3.B.3. An exemption from wetting is also allowed when the air or roof surface temperature at the point of wetting is below freezing, as specified in §61.145(c)(7). If freezing temperatures are indicated as the reason for not wetting, records must be kept of the temperature at the beginning, middle and end of the day on which wetting is not performed and the records of temperature must be retained for at least 2 years. 42 CFR §61.145(c)(7)(iii). It is EPA's interpretation that in such cases, no written application to, or written approval by the Administrator is needed for using emission control methods listed in §61.145(c)(3)(i)(B), or alternative emission control methods that have been previously approved by the Administrator. However, such written application or approval is required for alternative emission control methods that have not been previously approved. Any dust and debris collected from cutting must still be kept wet and placed in containers. All of the other requirements for notification and waste disposal would continue to apply as described elsewhere in this notice and the Asbestos NESHAP.

C. Waste Collection and Handling

3.C.1. It is EPA's interpretation that waste resulting from slicing and other methods that do not cut, grind, sand or abrade Category I nonfriable asbestos-containing roofing material is not subject to the NESHAP and can be disposed of as nonasbestos waste. EPA further construes the NESHAP to provide that if Category II roofing material (such as A/C shingles) is removed and disposed of without crumbling, pulverizing, or reducing it to powder, the waste from the removal is not subject to the NESHAP waste disposal requirements. EPA also interprets the NESHAP to be inapplicable to waste resulting from roof removal operations that do not meet or exceed the coverage thresholds described in section I above. Of course, other State, local, or Federal regulations may apply.

3.C.2. It is EPA's interpretation that when an RB roof cutter, or other method that similarly damages the roofing material, is used to cut Category I asbestos containing roofing material, the damaged material from the cut (the sawdust or debris) is considered asbestos containing waste subject to §61.150 of the NESHAP, provided the coverage thresholds discussed above in section 1 are met or exceeded. This sawdust or debris must be disposed of at a disposal site operated in accordance with the NESHAP. It is also EPA's interpretation of the NESHAP that if the remainder of the roof is free of the sawdust and debris generated by the cutting, or if such sawdust or debris is collected as discussed below in paragraphs 3.C.3, 3.C.4, 3.C.5 and 3.C.6, the remainder of the roof can be disposed of as nonasbestos waste because it is considered to be Category I nonfriable material (as long as the remainder of the roof is in fact nonasbestos material or if it is Category I asbestos material and the removal methods do not further sand, grind, cut or abrade the roof material). EPA further believes that if the roof is not cleaned of such sawdust or debris, i.e., it is contaminated, then it must be treated as asbestos-containing waste material and be handled in accordance with §61.150.

3.C.3. In order to be in compliance with the NESHAP while using an RB roof cutter (or device that similarly damages the roofing material) to cut Category I asbestos containing roofing material, the dust and debris resulting from the cutting of the roof should be collected as soon as possible after the cutting operation, and kept wet until collected and placed in leak-tight containers. EPA believes that where the blade guard completely encloses the blade and extends down close to the roof surface and is equipped with a device for spraying a fine mist of water inside the blade guard, and the spraying device is in operation during the cutting, most of the dust and debris from cutting will be confined along the cut. The most efficient methods to collect the dust and debris from cutting are to immediately collect or vacuum up the damaged material where it lies along the cut using a filtered vacuum cleaner or debris collector that meets the requirements of 40 CFR 61.152 to clean up as much of the debris as possible, or to gently sweep up the bulk of the debris, and then use a filtered vacuum cleaner that meets the requirements of 40 CFR 61.152 to clean up as much of the remainder of the debris as possible. On smooth surfaced roofs (nonaggregate roofs), sweeping up the debris and then wet wiping the surface may be done in place of using a filtered vacuum cleaner. It is EPA's view that if these decontamination procedures are followed, the remaining roofing material does not have to be collected and disposed of as asbestos waste. Additionally, it is EPA's view that where such decontamination procedures are followed, if the remaining portions of the roof are non-asbestos or Category I nonfriable asbestos material, and if the remaining portions are removed using removal methods that slice, shear, punch or pry, as discussed in section 1.C above, then the remaining portions do not have to be collected and disposed of as asbestos waste and the NESHAP's no visible emissions and adequately wet requirements are not applicable to the removal of the remaining portions. In EPA's interpretation, the failure of a filtered vacuum cleaner or debris collector to collect larger chunks or pieces of damaged roofing material created by the RB roof cutter does not require the remaining roofing material to be handled and disposed of as asbestos waste, provided that such visible chunks or pieces of roofing material are collected (e.g. by gentle sweeping) and disposed of as asbestos waste. Other methods of decontamination may not be adequate, and should be approved by the local delegated agency.

3.C.4. In EPA's interpretation, if the debris from the cutting is not collected immediately, it will be necessary to lightly mist the dust or debris, until it is collected, as discussed above, and placed in containers. The dust or debris should be lightly misted frequently enough to prevent the material from drying, and to prevent airborne emissions, prior to collection as described above. It is EPA's interpretation of the NESHAP that if these procedures are followed, the remaining roofing material does not have to be collected and disposed of as asbestos waste, as long as the remaining roof material is in fact nonasbestos material or if it is Category I asbestos material and the removal methods do not further sand, grind, cut or abrade the roof material.

3.C.5. It is EPA's interpretation that, provided the roofing material is not friable prior to the cutting operation, and provided the roofing material has not been made friable by the cutting operation, the appearance of rough, jagged or damaged edges on the remaining roofing material, due to the use of an RB roof cutter, does not require that such remaining roofing material be handled and disposed of as asbestos waste. In addition, it is also EPA's interpretation that if the sawdust or debris generated by the use of an RB roof cutter has been collected as discussed in paragraphs 3.C.3, 3.C.4 and 3.C.6, the presence of dust along the edge of the remaining roof material does not render such material “friable” for purposes of this interpretive rule or the NESHAP, provided the roofing material is not friable prior to the cutting operation, and provided that the remaining roofing material near the cutline has not been made friable by the cutting operation. Where roofing material near the cutline has been made friable by the use of the RB cutter (i.e. where such remaining roofing material near the cutline can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder using hand pressure), it is EPA's interpretation that the use of an encapsulant will ensure that such friable material need not be treated or disposed of as asbestos containing waste material. The encapsulant may be applied to the friable material after the roofing material has been collected into stacks for subsequent disposal as nonasbestos waste. It is EPA's view that if the encapsulation procedure set forth in this paragraph is followed in operations where roofing material near the cutline has been rendered friable by the use of an RB roof cutter, and if the decontamination procedures set forth in paragraph 3.C.3 have been followed, the NESHAP's no visible emissions and adequately wet requirements would be met for the removal, handling and disposal of the remaining roofing material.

3.C.6. As one way to comply with the NESHAP, the dust and debris from cutting can be placed in leak-tight containers, such as plastic bags, and the containers labeled using warning labels required by OSHA (29 CFR 1926.58). In addition, the containers must have labels that identify the waste generator (such as the name of the roofing contractor, abatement contractor, and/or building owner or operator) and the location of the site at which the waste was generated.

IV. Waste Disposal

A. Disposal Requirements

4.A.1. Section 61.150(b) requires that, as soon as is practical, all collected dust and debris from cutting as well as any contaminated roofing squares, must be taken to a landfill that is operated in accordance with §61.154 or to an EPA-approved site that converts asbestos waste to nonasbestos material in accordance with §61.155. During the loading and unloading of affected waste, asbestos warning signs must be affixed to the vehicles.

B. Waste Shipment Record

4.B.1. For each load of asbestos waste that is regulated under the NESHAP, a waste shipment record (WSR) must be maintained in accordance with §61.150(d). Information that must be maintained for each waste load includes the following:

Name, address, and telephone number of the waste generator

Name and address of the local, State, or EPA regional office responsible for administering the asbestos NESHAP program

Quantity of waste in cubic meters (or cubic yards)

Name and telephone number of the disposal site operator

Name and physical site location of the disposal site

Date transported

Name, address, and telephone number of the transporter(s)

Certification that the contents meet all government regulations for transport by highways.

4.B.2. The waste generator is responsible for ensuring that a copy of the WSR is delivered to the disposal site along with the waste shipment. If a copy of the WSR signed by the disposal site operator is not returned to the waste generator within 35 days, the waste generator must contact the transporter and/or the disposal site to determine the status of the waste shipment. 40 CFR 61.150(d)(3). If the signed WSR is not received within 45 days, the waste generator must report, in writing, to the responsible NESHAP program agency and send along a copy of the WSR. 40 CFR 61.150(d)(4). Copies of WSRs, including those signed by the disposal site operator, must be retained for at least 2 years. 40 CFR 61.150(d)(5).

V. Training

5.1. For those roof removals that are subject to the NESHAP, at least one on-site supervisor trained in the provisions of the NESHAP must be present during the removal of the asbestos roofing material. 40 CFR 61.145(c)(8). In EPA's view, this person can be a job foreman, a hired consultant, or someone who can represent the building owner or contractor responsible for the removal. In addition to the initial training requirement, a refresher training course is required every 2 years. The NESHAP training requirements became effective on November 20, 1991.

5.2. Asbestos training courses developed specifically to address compliance with the NESHAP in roofing work, as well as courses developed for other purposes can satisfy this requirement of the NESHAP, as long as the course covers the areas specified in the regulation. EPA believes that Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) training courses will, for example, satisfy the NESHAP training requirements. However, nothing in this interpretive rule or in the NESHAP shall be deemed to require that roofing contractors or roofing workers performing operations covered by the NESHAP must be trained or accredited under AHERA, as amended by the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Reauthorization Act (ASHARA). Likewise, state or local authorities may independently impose additional training, licensing, or accreditation requirements on roofing contractors performing operations covered by the NESHAP, but such additional training, licensing or accreditation is not called for by this interpretive rule or the federal NESHAP.

5.3. For removal of Category I asbestos containing roofing material where RB roof cutters or equipment that similarly damages the asbestos-containing roofing material are used, the NESHAP training requirements (§61.145(c)(8)) apply as discussed in Section I above. It is EPA's intention that removal of Category I asbestos-containing roofing material using hatchets, axes, knives, and/or the use of spud bars, pry bars and shovels to lift the roofing material, or similar removal methods that slice, punch, or shear the roof membrane are not subject to the training requirements, since these methods do not cause the roof removal to be subject to the NESHAP. Likewise, it is EPA's intention that roof removal operations involving Category II nonfriable ACM are not subject to the training requirements where such operations are not subject to the NESHAP as discussed in section I above.

[59 FR 31158, June 17, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 31920, June 19, 1995]

§61.160 Applicability and designation of source.

(a) The source to which this subpart applies is each glass melting furnace that uses commercial arsenic as a raw material. This subpart does not apply to pot furnaces.

(b) Rebricking is not considered construction or modification for the purposes of §61.05(a).

§61.161 Definitions.

The terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in §61.02, or in this section as follows:

Arsenic-containing glass type means any glass that is distinguished from other glass solely by the weight percent of arsenic added as a raw material and by the weight percent of arsenic in the glass produced. Any two or more glasses that have the same weight percent of arsenic in the raw materials as well as in the glass produced shall be considered to belong to one arsenic-containing glass type, without regard to the recipe used or any other characteristics of the glass or the method of production.

By-pass the control device means to operate the glass melting furnace without operating the control device to which that furnace's emissions are directed routinely.

Commercial arsenic means any form of arsenic that is produced by extraction from any arsenic-containing substance and is intended for sale or for intentional use in a manufacturing process. Arsenic that is a naturally occurring trace constituent of another substance is not considered “commercial arsenic.”

Cullet means waste glass recycled to a glass melting furnace.

Glass melting furnace means a unit comprising a refractory vessel in which raw materials are charged, melted at high temperature, refined, and conditioned to produce molten glass. The unit includes foundations, superstructure and retaining walls, raw material charger systems, heat exchangers, melter cooling system, exhaust system, refractory brick work, fuel supply and electrical boosting equipment, integral control systems and instrumentation, and appendages for conditioning and distributing molten glass to forming apparatuses. The forming apparatuses, including the float bath used in flat glass manufacturing, are not considered part of the glass melting furnace.

Glass produced means the glass pulled from the glass melting furnace.

Inorganic arsenic means the oxides and other noncarbon compounds of the element arsenic included in particulate matter, vapors, and aerosols.

Malfunction means any sudden failure of air pollution control equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or usual manner so that emissions of arsenic are increased.

Pot furnace means a glass melting furnace that contains one or more refractory vessels in which glass is melted by indirect heating. The openings of the vessels are in the outside wall of the furnace and are covered with refractory stoppers during melting.

Rebricking means cold replacement of damaged or worn refractory parts of the glass melting furnace. Rebricking includes replacement of the refractories comprising the bottom, sidewalls, or roof of the melting vessel; replacement of refractory work in the heat exchanger; and replacement of refractory portions of the glass conditioning and distribution system.

Shutdown means the cessation of operation of an affected source for any purpose.

Theoretical arsenic emissions factor means the amount of inorganic arsenic, expressed in grams per kilogram of glass produced, as determined based on a material balance.

Uncontrolled total arsenic emissions means the total inorganic arsenic in the glass melting furnace exhaust gas preceding any add-on emission control device.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986; 51 FR 35355, Oct. 3, 1986]

§61.162 Emission limits.

(a) The owner or operator of an existing glass melting furnace subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with either paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section; except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.

(1) Uncontrolled total arsenic emissions from the glass melting furnace shall be less than 2.5 Mg (2.7 ton) per year, or

(2) Total arsenic emissions from the glass melting furnace shall be conveyed to a control device and reduced by at least 85 percent.

(b) The owner or operator of a new or modified glass melting furnace subject to the provisions of this subpart shall comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.

(1) Uncontrolled total arsenic emissions from the glass melting furnace shall be less than 0.4 Mg (0.44 ton) per year, or

(2) Total arsenic emissions from the glass melting furnace shall be conveyed to a control device and reduced by at least 85 percent.

(c) An owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements of this section may, after approval by the Administrator, bypass the control device to which arsenic emissions from the furnace are directed for a limited period of time for designated purposes such as maintenance of the control device, as specified in §61.165(e).

(d) At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, the owner or operator of a glass melting furnace subject to the provisions of this subpart shall operate and maintain the furnace and associated air pollution control equipment in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practice for minimizing emissions of inorganic arsenic to the atmosphere to the maximum extent practicable. Determination of whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to the Administrator, which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operating and maintenance procedures, inspection of the source, and review of other records.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.163 Emission monitoring.

(a) An owner or operator of a glass melting furnace subject to the emission limit in §61.162(a)(2) or §61.162(b)(2) shall:

(1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the opacity of emissions discharged into the atmosphere from the control device; and

(2) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device for the continuous measurement of the temperature of the gas entering the control device.

(b) All continuous monitoring systems and monitoring devices shall be installed and operational prior to performance of an emission test required by §61.164(a). Verification of operational status shall, at a minimum, consist of an evaluation of the monitoring system in accordance with the requirements and procedures contained in Performance Specification 1 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60.

(c) During the emission test required in §61.164(a) each owner or operator subject to paragraph (a) of this section shall:

(1) Conduct continuous opacity monitoring from the beginning of the first test run until the completion of the third test run. Process and control equipment shall be operated in a manner that will minimize opacity of emissions, subject to the Administrator's approval.

(2) Calculate 6-minute opacity averages from 24 or more data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period during the test runs.

(3) Determine, based on the 6-minute opacity averages, the opacity value corresponding to the 99 percent upper confidence level of a normal or log-normal (whichever the owner or operator determines is more representative) distribution of the average opacity values.

(4) Conduct continuous monitoring of the temperature of the gas entering the control device from the beginning of the first test run until completion of the third test run.

(5) Calculate 15-minute averages of the temperature of the gas entering the control device during each test run.

(d) An owner or operator may redetermine the values described in paragraph (c) of this section during any emission test that demonstrates compliance with the emission limits in §61.162(a)(2) or §61.162(b)(2).

(e) The requirements of §60.13(d) and §60.13(f) shall apply to an owner or operator subject to paragraph (a) of this section.

(f) Except for system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments required under §60.13(d), all continuous monitoring systems shall be in continuous operation and shall meet minimum frequency of operation requirements by completing a minimum of one cycle of sampling and analyzing for each successive 10-second period and one cycle of data recording for each successive 6-minute period.

(g) An owner or operator subject to paragraph (a) of this section shall:

(1) Reduce all opacity data to 6-minute averages. Six-minute averages shall be calculated from 24 or more data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period. Data recorded during periods of monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments shall not be included in the data averages calculated under this paragraph, and

(2) Calculate 15-minute averages of the temperature of the gas entering the control device for each 15-minute operating period.

(h) After receipt and consideration of written application, the Administrator may approve alternative monitoring systems for the measurement of one or more process or operating parameters that is or are demonstrated to enable accurate and representative monitoring of a properly operating control device. Upon approval of an alternative monitoring system for an affected source, the Administrator will specify requirements to replace the requirements of paragraphs (a)-(g) of this section for that system.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 64 FR 7467, Feb. 12, 1999]

§61.164 Test methods and procedures.

(a) To demonstrate compliance with §61.162, the owner or operator shall conduct emission tests, reduce test data, and follow the procedures specified in this section unless the Administrator:

(1) Specifies or approves, in specific cases, the use of a reference method with minor changes in methodology;

(2) Approves the use of an equivalent method;

(3) Approves the use of an alternative method the results of which he has determined to be adequate for indicating whether a specific source is in compliance; or

(4) Waives the requirement for emission tests as provided under §61.13.

(b) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained, the owner or operator shall conduct emission tests required by this section:

(1) No later than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart for a source that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; or

(2) No later than 90 days after startup for a source that has an initial startup date after the effective date.

(3) At such other times as may be required by the Administrator under section 114 of the Act.

(4) While the source is operating under such conditions as the Administrator may specify, based on representative performance of the source.

(c) To demonstrate compliance with §61.162(a)(1) when less than 8.0 Mg (8.8 ton) per year of elemental arsenic is added to any existing glass melting furnace, or to demonstrate compliance with §61.162(b)(1) when less than 1.0 Mg (1.1 ton) per year of elemental arsenic is added to any new or modified glass melting furnace, an owner or operator shall:

(1) Derive a theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor (T), based on material balance calculations for each arsenic-containing glass type (i) produced during the 12-month period, as follows:

Where:

T_i = The theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor for each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).

A_bi = Fraction by weight of elemental arsenic in the fresh batch for each glass type (I).

W_bi = Weight of fresh batch melted per unit weight of glass produced for each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).

A_ci = Fraction by weight of elemental arsenic in cullet for each glass type (i).

W_ci = Weight of cullet melted per unit weight of glass produced for each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).

B_gi = Weight of elemental arsenic per unit weight of glass produced for each glass type (i), g/kg (lb/ton).

(2) Estimate theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions for the 12-month period for each arsenic-containing glass type as follows:

Where:

Y_i = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission estimate for the 12-month period for each glass type, Mg/year (ton/year).

T_i = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor for each type of glass (i) produced during the 12-month period as calculated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, g/kg (lb/ton).

G_i = Quantity of each arsenic-containing glass type (i) produced during the 12-month period, kg/yr (ton/yr).

K = conversion factor for unit consistency, 10 ⁶ g/Mg (2,000 lb/ton).

(3) Estimate the total theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions for the 12-month period by finding the sum of the values calculated for Y_i in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(4) If the value determined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section is equal to or greater than the applicable limit in §61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1), conduct the emission testing and calculations described in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section. If the value is less than the applicable limit, the source is in compliance and no emission testing or additional calculations are required.

(d) To demonstrate compliance with §61.162(a)(1) when 8.0 Mg (8.8 ton) per year or more of elemental arsenic are added to any existing glass melting furnace, or to demonstrate compliance with §61.162(b)(1) when 1.0 Mg (1.1 ton) per year or more of elemental arsenic is added to any new or modified glass melting furnace, an owner or operator shall:

(1) Estimate the theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions for each glass type for the 12-month period by performing the calculations described in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.

(2) Conduct emission testing to determine the actual uncontrolled arsenic emission rate during production of the arsenic-containing glass type with the highest theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emissions as calculated under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The owner or operator shall use the following test methods and procedures:

(i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part or Method 29 in appendix A to part 60 for determining the arsenic emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr). The emission rate shall equal the arithmetic mean of the results of three 60-minute test runs.

(ii) Use the following methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:

(A) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverse.

(B) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flowrate.

(C) Method 3 for gas analysis.

(D) For sources equipped with positive pressure fabric filters, use Section 8.0 of Method 5D to determine a suitable sampling location and procedure.

(3) Determine the actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factor (R_a) as follows:

Where:

R_a = Actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factor, g/kg (lb/ton).

E_a = Actual uncontrolled arsenic emission rate from paragraph (d)(2) of this section, g/hr (lb/hr).

P = Rate of glass production, kg/hr (ton/hr), determined by dividing the weight of glass pulled from the furnace during the emission test by the number of hours taken to perform the test under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(4) Calculate a correction factor to relate the theoretical and the actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factors as follows:

F = R_a ÷ T_i

Where:

F = the correction factor.

R_a = Actual uncontrolled arsenic emission factor, determined in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, g/kg (lb/ton).

T_i = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor, g/kg (lb/ton), determined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section for the same glass type for which R_a was determined.

(5) Determine the uncontrolled arsenic emission rate for the 12-month period, as follows:

Where:

U = Uncontrolled arsenic emission rate for the 12-month period, Mg/yr (ton/yr).

T_i = Theoretical uncontrolled arsenic emission factor for each type of glass (i) produced during the 12-month period as calculated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, g/kg (lb/ton).

F = The correction factor calculated in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.

G_i = Quantity of each arsenic-containing glass type (i) produced during the 12-month period, kg/yr (ton/yr).

n = Number of arsenic-containing glass types produced during the 12-month period.

K = Conversion factor for unit consistency, 10 ⁶ g/Mg (2,000 lb/ton).

(6) If the value determined in paragraph (d)(5) of this section is less than the applicable limit in §61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1), the source is in compliance.

(e) To demonstrate compliance with §61.162(a)(2) or (b)(2), an owner or operator shall:

(1) Conduct emission testing to determine the percent reduction of inorganic arsenic emissions being achieved by the control device, using the following test methods and procedures:

(i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part or Method 29 in appendix A to part 60 to determine the concentration of arsenic in the gas streams entering and exiting the control device. Conduct three 60-minute test runs, each consisting of simultaneous testing of the inlet and outlet gas streams. The gas streams shall contain all the gas exhausted from the glass melting furnace.

(ii) Use the following methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:

(A) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses.

(B) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flowrate.

(C) Method 3 for gas analysis.

(D) For sources equipped with positive pressure fabric filters, use Section 8.0 of Method 5D to determine a suitable sampling location and procedure.

(2) Calculate the percent emission reduction for each run as follows:

Where:

D = the percent emission reduction.

C_b = the arsenic concentration of the stack gas entering the control device, as measured by Method 108 or Method 29.

C_a = the arsenic concentration of the stack gas exiting the control device, as measured by Method 108 or Method 29.

(3) Determine the average percent reduction of arsenic by calculating the arithmetic mean of the results for the three runs. If it is at least 85 percent, the source is in compliance.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986; 51 FR 35355, Oct. 3, 1986, as amended at 55 FR 22027, May 31, 1990; 65 FR 62157, Oct. 17, 2000; 79 FR 11275, Feb. 27, 2014]

§61.165 Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements of §61.162 shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years and make available to the Administrator upon request a file of the following records:

(1) All measurements, including continuous monitoring for measurement of opacity, and temperature of gas entering a control device;

(2) Records of emission test data and all calculations used to produce the required reports of emission estimates to demonstrate compliance with §61.162;

(3) All continous monitoring system performance evaluations, including calibration checks and adjustments;

(4) The occurrence and duration of all startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the furnace;

(5) All malfunctions of the air pollution control system;

(6) All periods during which any continuous monitoring system or monitoring device is inoperative;

(7) All maintenance and repairs for each air pollution control system, continuous monitoring system, or monitoring device;

(b) Each owner or operator who is given approval by the Administrator to bypass a control device under paragraph (e) of this section shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years and make available to the Administrator upon request a file of the following records:

(1) The dates the control device is bypassed; and

(2) Steps taken to minimize arsenic emissions during the period the control device was bypassed.

(c) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the emission limit in §61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1) shall determine and record at the end of every 6 months the uncontrolled arsenic emission rate for the preceding and forthcoming 12-month periods. The determinations shall:

(1) Be made by following the procedures in §61.164(c)(1), (c)(2), and (c)(3); or in §61.164(d)(5), whichever is applicable; and

(2) Take into account changes in production rates, types of glass produced, and other factors that would affect the uncontrolled arsenic emission rate.

(d) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall:

(1) Provide the Administrator 30 days prior notice of any emission test required in §61.164 to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present; and

(2) Submit to the Administrator a written report of the results of the emission test and associated calculations required in §61.164(d) or (e), as applicable, within 60 days after conducting the test.

(3) Submit to the Administrator a written report of the arsenic emission estimates calculated under §61.164(c):

(i) Within 45 days after the effective date of this subpart for a source that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; or

(ii) Within 45 days after startup for a source that has an initial startup date after the effective date.

(4) Submit to the Adminstrator a written report of the uncontrolled arsenic emission rates determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, if:

(i) The emission rate for the preceding 12-month period (or preceding 6-month period for the first 6-month determination) exceeded the applicable limit in §61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1).

(ii) The emission rate for the forthcoming 12-month period will exceed the applicable limit in §61.162(a)(1) or (b)(1). In this case, the owner or operator shall also notify the Administrator of the anticipated date of the emission test to demonstrate compliance with the applicable limit in §61.162(a)(2) or (b)(2).

(5) Ensure that the reports required in paragraph (d)(4) of this section are postmarked by the tenth day following the end of the 6-month reporting period.

(e) To obtain approval to bypass a control device, as provided in §61.162(c), an owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart may make written application to the Administrator. Each application for such a waiver shall be submitted to the Administrator no later than 60 days before the bypass period would begin and shall include:

(1) Name and address of the owner or operator;

(2) Location of the source;

(3) A brief description of the nature, size, design, and method of operation of the source;

(4) The reason it is necessary to by-pass the control device;

(5) The length of time it will be necessary to by-pass the control device;

(6) Steps that will be taken to minimize arsenic emissions during the period the control device will be by-passed.

(7) The quantity of emissions that would be released while the control device is by-passed if no steps were taken to minimize emissions;

(8) The expected reduction in emissions during the by-pass period due to the steps taken to minimize emissions during this period; and

(9) The type of glass to be produced during the bypass period, and, if applicable, an explanation of why non-arsenic or lower-arsenic-containing glass cannot be melted in the furnace during the bypass period.

(f) Each owner or operator required to install and operate a continuous opacity monitoring system under §61.163 shall:

(1) Submit a written report to the Administrator of the results of the continuous monitoring system evaluation required under §61.163(b) within 60 days after conducting the evaluation.

(2) Submit a written report to the Administrator every 6 months if excess opacity occurred during the preceding 6-month period. For purposes of this paragraph, an occurrence of excess opacity is any 6-minute period during which the average opacity, as measured by the continuous monitoring system, exceeds the opacity level determined under §61.163(c)(3) or the opacity level redetermined under §61.163(d).

(3) Ensure that any semiannual report of excess opacity required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section is postmarked by the thirtieth day following the end of the 6-month period and includes the following information:

(i) The magnitude of excess opacity, any conversion factor(s) used, and the date and time of commencement and completion of each occurrence of excess opacity.

(ii) Specific identification of each occurrence of excess opacity that occurs during startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the source.

(iii) The date and time identifying each period during which the continuous monitoring system was inoperative, except for zero and span checks, and the nature of the system repairs or adjustments.

[51 FR 28025, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.170 Applicability and designation of source.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to each copper converter at any new or existing primary copper smelter, except as noted in §61.172(a).

§61.171 Definitions.

All terms used in this subpart shall have the meanings given to them in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, and in this section as follows:

Blowing means the injection of air or oxygen-enriched air into a molten converter bath.

Charging means the addition of a molten or solid material to a copper converter.

Control device means the air pollution control equipment used to collect particulate matter emissions.

Converter arsenic charging rate means the hourly rate at which arsenic is charged to the copper converters in the copper converter department based on the arsenic content of the copper matte and of any lead matte that is charged to the copper converters.

Copper converter means any vessel in which copper matte is charged and is oxidized to copper.

Copper converter department means all copper converters at a primary copper smelter.

Copper matte means any molten solution of copper and iron sulfides produced by smelting copper sulfide ore concentrates or calcines.

Holding of a copper converter means suspending blowing operations while maintaining in a heated state the molten bath in the copper converter.

Inorganic arsenic means the oxides and other noncarbon compounds of the element arsenic included in particulate matter, vapors, and aerosols.

Lead matte means any molten solution of copper and other metal sulfides produced by reduction of sinter product from the oxidation of lead sulfide ore concentrates.

Malfunction means any sudden failure of air pollution control equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or usual manner so that emissions of inorganic arsenic are increased.

Opacity means the degree to which emissions reduce the transmission of light.

Particulate matter means any finely divided solid or liquid material, other than uncombined water, as measured by the specified reference method.

Pouring means the removal of blister copper from the copper converter bath.

Primary copper smelter means any installation or intermediate process engaged in the production of copper from copper-bearing materials through the use of pyrometallurgical techniques.

Primary emission control system means the hoods, ducts, and control devices used to capture, convey, and collect process emissions.

Process emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions from copper converters that are captured directly at the source of generation.

Secondary emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions that escape capture by a primary emission control system.

Secondary hood system means the equipment (including hoods, ducts, fans, and dampers) used to capture and transport secondary inorganic arsenic emissions.

Shutdown means the cessation of operation of a stationary source for any reason.

Skimming means the removal of slag from the molten converter bath.

§61.172 Standard for new and existing sources.

(a) The provisions of paragraphs (b)-(f) of this section do not apply to any copper converter at a facility where the total arsenic charging rate for the copper converter department averaged over a 1-year period is less than 75 kg/hr (165 lb/hr), as determined under §61.174(f).

(b) The owner or operator of each copper converter subject to the provisions of this subpart shall reduce inorganic arsenic emissions to the atmosphere by meeting the following design, equipment, work practice, and operational requirements:

(1) Install, operate, and maintain a secondary hood system on each copper converter. Each secondary hood system shall consist of a hood enclosure, air curtain fan(s), exhaust system fan(s), and ductwork that conveys the captured emissions to a control device, and shall meet the following specifications:

(i) The configuration and dimensions of the hood enclosure shall be such that the copper converter mouth, charging ladles, skimming ladles, and any other material transfer vessels used will be housed within the confines or influence of the hood enclosure during each mode of copper converter operation.

(ii) The back of the hood enclosure shall be fully enclosed and sealed against the primary hood. Portions of the side-walls in contact with the copper converter shall be sealed against the converter.

(iii) Openings in the top and front of the hood enclosure to allow for the entry and egress of ladles and crane appartus shall be minimized to the fullest extent practicable.

(iv) The hood enclosure shall be fabricated in such a manner and of materials of sufficient strength to withstand incidental contact with ladles and crane apparatus with no significant damage.

(v) One side-wall of the hood enclosure shall be equipped with a horizontal-slotted plenum along the top, and the opposite side-wall shall be equipped with an exhaust hood. The horizontal-slotted plenum shall be designed to allow the distance from the base to the top of the horizontal slot to be adjustable up to a dimension of 76 mm.

(vi) The horizontal-slotted plenum shall be connected to a fan. When activated, the fan shall push air through the horizontal slot, producing a horizontal air curtain above the copper converter that is directed to the exhaust hood. The fan power output installed shall be sufficient to overcome static pressure losses through the ductwork upstream of the horizontal-slotted plenum and across the plenum, and to deliver at least 22,370 watts (30 air horsepower) at the horizontal-slotted plenum discharge.

(vii) The exhaust hood shall be sized to completely intercept the airstream from the horizontal-slotted plenum combined with the additional airflow resulting from entrainment of the surrounding air. The exhaust hood shall be connected to a fan. When activated, the fan shall pull the combined airstream into the exhaust hood.

(viii) The entire secondary hood system shall be equipped with dampers and instrumentation, as appropriate, so that the desired air curtain and exhaust flow are maintained during each mode of copper converter operation.

(2) Optimize the capture of secondary inorganic arsenic emissions by operating the copper converter and secondary hood system at all times as follows:

(i) Copper converter. (A) Increase the air curtain and exhaust flow rates to their optimum conditions prior to raising the primary hood and rolling the copper converter out for charging, skimming, or pouring.

(B) Once rolled out, prior to the commencement of skimming or pouring, hold the copper converter in an idle position until fuming from the molten bath has been minimized.

(C) During skimming, raise the receiving ladle off the ground and position the ladle as close to the copper converter mouth as possible to minimize the drop distance between the converter mouth and the receiving ladle.

(D) Control the rate of flow into the receiving ladle to the extent practicable to minimize fuming.

(E) Upon the completion of each charge, withdraw the charging ladle or vessel used from the confines of the secondary hood in a slow, deliberate manner.

(F) During charging, skimming, or pouring, ensure that the crane block does not disturb the air flow between the horizontal-slotted plenum and the exhaust hood.

(ii) Secondary hood system. (A) Operate the secondary hood system under conditions that will result in the maximum capture of inorganic arsenic emissions.

(B) Within 30 days after the effective date of this subpart, or within 30 days after the initial operation of each secondary hood system, whichever comes later, provide to the Administrator a list of operating conditions for the secondary hood system that will result in the maximum capture of inorganic arsenic emissions. This list shall specify the operating parameters for the following:

(1) The dimensions of the horizontal slot.

(2) The velocity of air through the horizontal slot during each mode of converter operation.

(3) The distance from the horizontal slot to the exhaust hood.

(4) The face velocity at the opening of the exhaust hood during each mode of converter operation.

(C) Operate the secondary hood system under the conditions listed in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, unless otherwise specified by the Administrator.

(D) Notify the Administrator in writing within 30 days if there is any change in the operating conditions submitted pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) that will result in any reduction in the maximum capture of inorganic arsenic emissions.

(3) Comply with the following inspection and maintenance requirements after installing the secondary hood system required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section:

(i) At least once every month, visually inspect the components of the secondary hood system that are exposed to potential damage from crane and ladle operation, including the hood enclosure, side- and back-wall hood seals, and the horizontal slot.

(ii) Replace or repair any defective or damaged components of the secondary hood system within 30 days after discovering the defective or damaged components.

(c) No owner or operator of a copper converter subject to the provisions of this subpart shall cause or allow to be discharged into the atmosphere any copper converter secondary emissions that exit from a control device and contain particulate matter in excess of 11.6 mg/dscm (0.0051 gr/dscf).

(d) The owner or operator of a copper converter subject to the provisions of this subpart shall submit a description of a plan for control of inorganic arsenic emissions from the copper converter and associated air pollution control equipment. This plan shall be submitted within 90 days after the effective date of this subpart, unless a waiver of compliance is granted under §61.11. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the plan shall be submitted on a date set by the Administrator. Approval of the plan will be granted by the Administrator provided he finds that:

(1) It includes a systematic procedure for identifying malfunctions and for reporting them immediately to smelter supervisory personnel.

(2) It specifies the procedures that will be followed to ensure that equipment or process breakdowns due entirely or in part to poor maintenance or other preventable conditions do not occur.

(3) It specifies the measures that will be taken to ensure compliance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(e) The owner or operator shall implement the plan required under paragraph (d) of this section unless otherwise specified by the Administrator.

(f) At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, the owner or operator of a copper converter subject to the provisions of this subpart shall operate and maintain the converter and associated air pollution control equipment in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practice for minimizing emissions of inorganic arsenic to the atmosphere to the maximum extent practicable. Determination of whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to the Administrator, which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operating and maintenance procedures, inspection of the source, and review of other records.

[51 FR 28029, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.173 Compliance provisions.

(a) The owner or operator of each copper converter to which §61.172(b)-(f) applies shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of §61.172(b)(1) as follows:

(1) The owner or operator of each existing copper converter shall install a secondary hood system to meet the requirements of §61.172(b)(1) no later than 90 days after the effective date, unless a waiver of compliance has been approved by the Administrator in accordance with §61.11.

(2) The owner or operator of each new copper converter shall install a secondary hood system to meet the requirements of §61.172(b)(1) prior to the initial startup of the converter, except that if startup occurs prior to the effective date, the owner or operator shall meet the requirements of §61.172(b)(1) on the effective date.

§61.174 Test methods and procedures.

(a) To determine compliance with §61.172(c), the owner or operator shall conduct emission tests and reduce the test data in accordance with the test methods and procedures contained in this section unless the Administrator:

(1) Specifies or approves, in specific cases, the use of a reference method with minor changes in methodology,

(2) Approves the use of an equivalent method,

(3) Approves the use of an alternative method, the results of which he has determined to be adequate for indicating whether a specific source is in compliance, or

(4) Waives the requirement for emission tests as provided in §61.13.

(b) The owner or operator shall conduct the emission tests required in paragraph (a) of this section:

(1) After achieving the optimum operating conditions submitted under §60.172(b)(2)(ii)(B) for the equipment required in §61.172(b)(1), but no later than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart in the case of an existing copper converter or a copper converter that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date, or

(2) After achieving the optimum operating conditions submitted under §60.172(b)(2)(ii)(B) for the equipment required in §61.172(b)(1), but no later than 90 days after startup in the case of a new copper converter, initial startup of which occurs after the effective date, or

(3) At such other times as may be required by the Administrator under section 114 of the Act.

(c) The owner or operator shall conduct each emission test under representative operating conditions and at sample locations subject to the Administrator's approval, and shall make available to the Administrator such records as may be necessary to determine the conditions of the emission test.

(d) For the purpose of determining compliance with §61.172(c), the owner or operator shall use reference methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as follows:

(1) Method 5 for the measurement of particulate matter,

(2) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses,

(3) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate,

(4) Method 3 for gas analysis, and

(5) Method 4 for stack gas moisture.

(e) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and the minimum sampling volume shall be 0.85 dscm (30 dscf) except that smaller times or volumes when necessitated by process variables or other factors may be approved by the Administrator.

(f) For the purpose of determining applicability under §61.172(a), the owner or operator shall determine the converter arsenic charging rate as follows:

(1) Collect daily grab samples of copper matte and any lead matte charged to the copper converters.

(2) Each calendar month, from the daily grab samples collected under paragraph (f)(1) of this section, put together a composite copper matte sample and a composite lead matte sample. Analyze the composite samples individually using Method 108A, 108B, or 108C to determine the weight percent of inorganic arsenic contained in each sample.

(3) Calculate the converter arsenic charging rate once per month using the following equation:

Where:

R_c is the converter arsenic charging rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).

A_c is the monthly average weight percent of arsenic in the copper matte charged during the month(%) as determined under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

A_l is the monthly average weight percent of arsenic in the lead matte charged during the month(%) as determined under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

W_ci is the total rate of copper matte charged to a copper converter during the month, kg (lb).

W_li is the total rate of lead matte charged to a copper converter during the month, kg (lb).

H_c is the total number of hours the copper converter department was in operation during the month (hr).

n is the number of copper converters in operation during the month.

(4) Determine an annual arsenic charging rate for the copper converter department once per month by computing the arithmetic average of the 12 monthly converter arsenic charging rate values (R_c) for the preceding 12-month period.

(g) An owner or operator may petition the Administrator for a modified sampling and analysis schedule if analyses performed for the first 12-month period after the effective date show the source to be considerably below the applicability limit prescribed in §61.172(a).

[51 FR 28029, Aug. 4, 1986, as amended at 55 FR 22027, May 31, 1990; 65 FR 62158, Oct. 17, 2000]

§61.175 Monitoring requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator of a source that is subject to the emission limit specified in §61.172(c) shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the opacity of emissions discharged from the control device according to the following procedures:

(1) Ensure that each system is installed and operational no later than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart for a source that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date; and no later than 90 days after startup for other sources. Verification of the operational status shall, as a minimum, consist of an evaluation of the monitoring system in accordance with the requirements and procedures contained in Performance Specification 1 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60.

(2) Comply with the provisions of §60.13(d) of 40 CFR part 60.

(3) Except for system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero span adjustments, ensure that each continuous monitoring system is in continuous operation and meets frequency of operation requirements by completing a minimum of one cycle of sampling and analysis for each successive 10-second period and one cycle of data recording for each successive 6-minute period. Each data point shall represent the opacity measured for one cycle of sampling and analysis and shall be expressed as percent opacity.

(b) Except as required in paragraph (c) of this section, calculate 1-hour opacity averages from 360 or more consecutive data points equally spaced over each 1-hour period. Data recorded during periods of monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments shall not be included in the data averages computed under this paragraph.

(c) No later than 60 days after each continuous opacity monitoring system required in paragraph (a) of this section becomes operational, the owner or operator shall establish a reference opacity level for each monitored emission stream according to the following procedures:

(1) Conduct continuous opacity monitoring over a preplanned period of not less than 36 hours during which the processes and emission control equipment upstream of the monitoring system are operating under representative operating conditions subject to the Administrator's approval. This period shall include the time during which the emission test required by §61.13 is conducted.

(2) Calculate 6-minute averages of the opacity readings using 36 or more consecutive data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period.

(3) Calculate 1-hour average opacity values using 10 successive 6-minute average opacity values (i.e., calculate a new 1-hour average opacity value every 6 minutes). Determine the highest 1-hour average opacity value observed during the 36-hour preplanned test period.

(4) Calculate the reference opacity level by adding 5 percent opacity to the highest 1-hour average opacity calculated in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(d) The owner or operator may redetermine the reference opacity level for the copper converter secondary emission stream at the time of each emission test that demonstrates compliance with the emission limit required in §61.172(c) according to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section.

(e) With a minimum of 30 days prior notice, the Administrator may require the owner or operator to redetermine the reference opacity level for any monitored emission stream.

(f) Each owner or operator who is required to install the equipment specified in §61.172(b)(1) for the capture of secondary copper converter emissions shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring device on each secondary hood system for the measurement of the air flow through the horizontal-slotted plenum and through the exhaust hood. Each device shall be installed and operational no later than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart for a source that has an initial startup preceding the effective date; and no later than 90 days after startup for other sources.

(g) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements in paragraph (f) of this section shall establish for each secondary hood system reference air flow rates for the horizontal-slotted plenum and exhaust hood for each mode of converter operation. The reference flow rates shall be established when the equipment is operating under the optimum operating conditions required in §61.172(b)(2)(ii).

(h) Each owner or operator shall install the continuous monitoring systems and monitoring devices required in paragraphs (a) and (f) of this section in such a manner that representative measurements of emissions and process parameters are obtained.

§61.176 Recordkeeping requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of §61.172(b)(1) shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years records of the visual inspections, maintenance, and repairs performed on each secondary hood system as required in §61.172(b)(3).

(b) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of §61.172(c) shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years and make available to the Administrator upon request a file of the following records:

(1) All measurements, including continuous monitoring for measurement of opacity;

(2) Records of emission test data and all calculations used to produce the required reports of emission estimates to demonstrate complaince with §61.172(c);

(3) All continuous monitoring system performance evaluations, including calibration checks and adjustments;

(4) The occurrence and duration of all startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the copper converters;

(5) All malfunctions of the air pollution control system;

(6) All periods during which any continuous monitoring system or device is inoperative;

(7) All maintenance and repairs performed on each air pollution control system, continuous monitoring system, or monitoring device;

(8) All records of 1-hour average opacity levels for each separate control device; and

(9) For each secondary hood system:

(i) The reference flow rates for the horizontal-slotted plenum and exhaust hood for each converter operating mode estabilshed under §61.175(g);

(ii) The actual flow rates; and

(iii) A daily log of the start time and duration of each converter operating mode.

(c) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years and make available to the Administrator upon request the following records:

(1) For each copper converter, a daily record of the amount of copper matte and lead matte charged to the copper converter and the total hours of operation.

(2) For each copper converter department, a monthly record of the weight percent of arsenic contained in the copper matte and lead matte as determined under §61.174(f).

(3) For each copper converter department, the monthly calculations of the average annual arsenic charging rate for the preceding 12-month period as determined under §61.174(f).

§61.177 Reporting requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of §61.172(c) shall:

(1) Provide the Administrator 30 days prior notice of the emission test required in §61.174(a) to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present; and

(2) Submit to the Administrator a written report of the results of the emission test required in §61.174(a) within 60 days after conducting the test.

(b) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of §61.175(a) shall provide the Administrator at least 30 days prior notice of each reference opacity level determination required in §61.175(c) to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present.

(c) Each owner or opertor subject to the provisions of §61.175(a) shall submit to the Administrator:

(1) Within 60 days after conducting the evaluation required in §61.175(a)(1), a written report of the continuous monitoring system evaluation;

(2) Within 30 days after establishing the reference opacity level required in §61.175(c), a written report of the reference opacity level. The report shall also include the opacity data used and the calculations performed to determine the reference opacity level, and sufficient documentation to show that process and emission control equipment were operating normally during the reference opacity level determination; and

(3) A written report each quarter of each occurrence of excess opacity during the quarter. For purposes of this paragraph, an occurrence of excess opacity is any 1-hour period during which the average opacity, as measured by the continuous monitoring system, exceeds the reference opacity level established under §61.175(c).

(d) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of §61.175(g) shall submit to the Administrator:

(1) A written report of the reference air flow rate within 30 days after establishing the reference air flow rates required in §61.175(g);

(2) A written report each quarter of all air flow rates monitored during the preceding 3-month period that are less than 80 percent of the corresponding reference flow rate established for each converter operating mode; and

(3) A written report each quarter of any changes in the operating conditions of the emission capture system, emission control device, or the building housing the converters that might increase fugitive emissions.

(e) All quarterly reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of each 3-month period and shall include the following information:

(1) The magnitude of each occurrence of excess opacity, any conversion factor(s) used, and the dates and times of commencement and completion of each occurrence of excess opacity, the cause of each exceedance of the reference opacity level, and the measures taken to minimize emissions.

(2) The magnitude of each occurrence of reduced flow rate and the date and time of commencement and completion of each occurrence of reduced flow rate, the cause of the reduced flow rate, and the associated converter operating mode.

(3) Specific identification of each occurrence of excess opacity or reduced flow rate that occurs during startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the source.

(4) The date and time identifying each period during which the continuous monitoring system or monitoring device was inoperative, except for zero and span checks, and the nature of the system repairs or adjustments.

(5) Specific identification of each change in operating conditions of the emission capture system or control device, or in the condition of the building housing the converters.

(f) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall submit annually a written report to the Administrator that includes the monthly computations of the average annual converter arsenic charging rate as calculated under §61.174(f)(4). The annual report shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of each calendar year.

§61.180 Applicability and designation of sources.

The provisions of this subpart are applicable to each metallic arsenic production plant and to each arsenic trioxide plant that processes low-grade arsenic bearing materials by a roasting condensation process.

§61.181 Definitions.

All terms used in this subpart shall have the meanings given them in the Act, in subpart A of part 61, and in this section as follows:

Arsenic kitchen means a baffled brick chamber where inorganic arsenic vapors are cooled, condensed, and removed in a solid form.

Control device means the air pollution control equipment used to collect particulate matter emissions.

Curtail means to cease operations to the extent technically feasible to reduce emissions.

Inorganic arsenic means the oxides and other noncarbon compounds of the element arsenic included in particulate matter, vapors, and aerosols.

Malfunction means any sudden failure of air pollution control equipment or process equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or usual manner so that emissions of inorganic arsenic are increased.

Opacity means the degree to which emissions reduce the transmission of light.

Primary emission control system means the hoods, enclosures, ducts, and control devices used to capture, convey, and remove particulate matter from exhaust gases which are captured directly at the source of generation.

Process emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions that are captured and collected in a primary emission control system.

Roasting means the use of a furnace to heat arsenic plant feed material for the purpose of eliminating a significant portion of the volatile materials contained in the feed.

Secondary emissions means inorganic arsenic emissions that escape capture by a primary emission control system.

Shutdown means the cessation of operation of a stationary source for any purpose.

[51 FR 28033, Aug. 4, 1986; 51 FR 35355, Oct. 3, 1986]

§61.182 Standard for new and existing sources.

(a) Within 30 days after the effective date of this subpart, the owner or operator of each source to which this subpart applies shall identify and submit to the Administrator a list of potential sources (equipment and operations) of inorganic arsenic emissions.

(b) The owner or operator shall submit a description of an inspection, maintenance, and housekeeping plan for control of inorganic arsenic emissions from the potential sources identified under paragraph (a) of this section. This plan shall be submitted within 90 days after the effective date of this subpart, unless a waiver of compliance is granted under §61.11. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the plan shall be submitted on a date set by the Administrator. Approval of the plan will be granted by the Administrator provided he finds that:

(1) It achieves the following objectives in a manner that does not cause adverse impacts in other environmental media:

(i) Clean-up and proper disposal, wet-down, or chemical stabilization to the extent practicable (considering access and safety) of any dry, dusty material having an inorganic arsenic content greater than 2 percent that accumulates on any surface within the plant boundaries outside of a dust-tight enclosure.

(ii) Immediate clean-up and proper disposal, wet-down, or chemical stabilization of spills of all dry, dusty material having an inorganic arsenic content greater than 2 percent.

(iii) Minimization of emissions of inorganic arsenic to the atmosphere during removal of inorganic arsenic from the arsenic kitchen and from flue pulling operations by properly handling, wetting down, or chemically stabilizing all dusts and materials handled in these operations.

(2) It includes an inspection program that requires all process, conveying, and air pollution control equipment to be inspected at least once per shift to ensure that the equipment is being properly operated and maintained. The program will specify the evaluation criteria and will use a standardized checklist, which will be included as part of the plan required in paragraph (b) of this section, to document the inspection, maintenance, and housekeeping status of the equipment and that the objectives of paragraph (b)(1) of this section are being achieved.

(3) It includes a systematic procedure for identifying malfunctions and for reporting them immediately to supervisory personnel.

(4) It specifies the procedures that will be followed to ensure that equipment or process malfunctions due entirely or in part to poor maintenance or other preventable conditions do not occur.

(5) It includes a program for curtailing all operations necessary to minimize any increase in emissions of inorganic arsenic to the atmosphere resulting from a malfunction. The program will describe:

(i) The specific steps that will be taken to curtail each operation as soon as technically feasible after the malfunction is discovered.

(ii) The minimum time required to curtail each operation.

(iii) The procedures that will be used to ensure that the curtailment continues until after the malfunction is corrected.

(c) The owner or operator shall implement the plan required in paragraph (b) of this section until otherwise specified by the Administrator.

(d) At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, the owner or operator of each source to which this subpart applies shall operate and maintain the source including associated air pollution control equipment in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practice for minimizing emissions of inorganic arsenic to the atmosphere to the maximum extent practicable. Determination of whether acceptable operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to the Administrator, which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operating and maintenance procedures, inspection of the source, and review of other records.

§61.183 Emission monitoring.

(a) The owner or operator of each source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the opacity of each arsenic trioxide and metallic arsenic process emission stream that exits from a control device.

(b) The owner or operator shall install, operate, and maintain each continuous monitoring system for the measurement of opacity required in paragraph (a) of this section according to the following procedures:

(1) Ensure that each system is installed and operational no later than 90 days after the effective date of this subpart for an existing source or a new source that has an initial startup date preceding the effective date. For a new source whose initial startup occurs after the effective date of this subpart, ensure that the system is installed and operational no later than 90 days after startup. Verification of the operational status shall, as a minimum, consist of an evaluation of the monitoring system in accordance with the requirements and procedures contained in Performance Specification 1 of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60.

(2) Comply with the provisions of §60.13(d) of 40 CFR part 60.

(3) Except for system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments required under §60.13(d), ensure that each continuous monitoring system is in continuous operation and meets frequency of operation requirements by completing a minimum of one cycle of sampling and analysis for each successive 10-second period and one cycle of data recording for each successive 6-minute period. Each data point shall represent the opacity measured for one cycle of sampling and analysis and shall be expressed as percent opacity.

(c) The owner or operator shall calculate 6-minute opacity averages from 36 or more consecutive data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period. Data recorded during periods of monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments shall not be included in the data averages computed under this paragraph.

(d) No later than 60 days after each continuous opacity monitoring system required in paragraph (a) of this section becomes operational, the owner or operator shall establish a reference opacity level for each monitored emission stream according to the following procedures:

(1) Conduct continuous opacity monitoring over a preplanned period of not less than 36 hours during which the processes and emission control equipment upstream of the monitoring system are operating in a manner that will minimize opacity under representative operating conditions subject to the Administrator's approval.

(2) Calculate 6-minute averages of the opacity readings using 36 or more consecutive data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period.

(3) Establish the reference opacity level by determining the highest 6-minute average opacity calculated under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(e) With a minimum of 30 days prior notice, the Administrator may require an owner or operator to redetermine the reference opacity level for any monitored emission stream.

(f) Each owner or operator shall install all continuous monitoring systems or monitoring devices required in paragraph (a) of this section in such a manner that representative measurements of emissions or process parameters are obtained.

§61.184 Ambient air monitoring for inorganic arsenic.

(a) The owner or operator of each source to which this subpart applies shall operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement of inorganic arsenic concentrations in the ambient air.

(b) The ambient air monitors shall be located at sites to detect maximum concentrations of inorganic arsenic in the ambient air in accordance with a plan approved by the Administrator that shall include the sampling and analytical method used.

(c) The owner or operator shall submit a written plan describing, and explaining the basis for, the design and adequacy of the monitoring network, sampling and analytical procedures, and quality assurance within 45 days after the effective date of this subpart.

(d) Each monitor shall be operated continuously except for a reasonable time allowance for instrument maintenance and calibration, for changing filters, or for replacement of equipment needing major repair.

(e) Filters shall be changed daily and shall be analyzed and concentrations calculated within 30 days after filters are collected.

(f) The Administrator at any time may require changes in, or expansion of, the sampling program, including sampling and analytical protocols and network design.

§61.185 Recordkeeping requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years the following records: All measurements, including continuous monitoring for measurement of opacity; all continuous monitoring system performance evaluations, including calibration checks and adjustments; all periods during which the continuous monitoring system or monitoring device is inoperative; and all maintenance and repairs made to the continuous monitoring system or monitoring device.

(b) Each owner or operator shall maintain at the source for a period of at least 2 years a log for each plant department in which the operating status of process, conveying, and emission control equipment is described for each shift. For malfunctions and upsets, the following information shall be recorded in the log:

(1) The time of discovery.

(2) A description of the malfunction or upset.

(3) The time corrective action was initiated.

(4) A description of corrective action taken.

(5) The time corrective action was completed.

(6) A description of steps taken to reduce emissions of inorganic arsenic to the atmosphere between the time of discovery and the time corrective action was taken.

(c) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this subpart shall maintain for a period of a least 2 years records of 6-minute average opacity levels for each separate control device.

(d) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of §61.186 shall maintain for a period of at least 2 years records of ambient inorganic arsenic concentrations at all sampling sites and other data needed to determine such concentrations.

§61.186 Reporting requirements.

(a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of §61.183(a) shall provide the Administrator at least 30 days prior notice of each reference opacity level determination required in §61.183(a) to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present.

(b) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of §61.183(a) shall submit to the Administrator:

(1) Within 60 days of conducting the evaluation required in §61.183(b)(1), a written report of the continuous monitoring system evaluation;

(2) Within 30 days of establishing the reference opacity level required in §61.183(d), a written report of the reference opacity level. The report shall also include the opacity data used and the calculations performed to determine the reference opacity level, and sufficient documentation to show that process and emission control equipment were operating normally during the reference opacity level determination; and

(3) A written report each quarter of each occurrence of excess opacity during the quarter. For the purposes of this paragraph, an occurrence of excess opacity is any 6-minute period during which the average opacity, as measured by the continuous monitoring system, exceeds the reference opacity level established under §61.183(d).

(c) All quarterly reports of excess opacity shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of each quarter and shall include the following information:

(1) The magnitude of excess opacity, any conversion factor(s) used, and the dates and times of commencement and completion of each occurrence of excess opacity, the cause of each exceedance of the reference opacity level, and the measures taken to minimize emissions.

(2) Specific identification of each period of excess opacity that occurred during startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the source.